Skip to main content

Full text of "A revision of the Entelodontidae"

See other formats


MEMOIRS 

OF  THE 

CARNEGIE  MUSEUM. 

VOL.   IV.  NO.  3. 

A  REVISION   OF  THE   ENTELODONTIDyE.' 

By  O.  A.  Peterson. 

Introductory  Remarks. 

Since  A.  Aymard  (1,  pp.  227-242)-  and  S.  A.  Pomel  (73,  p.  307  ;  74,  p.  1083) 
described  the  genus  Entclodon  from  the  Tertiary  deposits  of  France,  much  material 
has  been  found,  which  represents  this  unique  family  of  mammals,  especially  in  the 
Oligoceneand  Miocene  formations  of  the  North  American  Tertiary.  The  object  of  the 
present  Memoir  is  first  to  give  a  systematic  review  of  the  known  genera  and  species 
of  this  family  ;  and  secondly  to  describe  and  illustrate  in  detail  the  type  specimen 
of  Dinohyus  hoUandi,  which  was  discovered  in  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil  (Quarries, 
Sioux  County,  Nebraska,  by  the  Carnegie  Museum  Expedition  of  1 905,  and  briefly 
described  in  Science  (78,  pp.  211-212)  and  the  Annals  of  the  Carnegie  Museum 
(81,  pp.  49-51). 

At  the  very  outset  of  his  work  the  writer  became  fully  aware  of  the  fact  that 
generic  and  specific  determinations  in  this  family  have  sometimes  been  based  on 
rather  inadequate  types,  which  present  few  and  unsatisfactory  characters.     Frag- 

'Pomel's  (lesoription  (73,  74)  of  Elotherium  did  probably  appear  before  that  of  Aymard  on  Fnlelodon,  but,  iiias- 
luuch  as  the  type  of  the  former  was  rather  inadequate,  no  illustrations  were  published,  and  the  type  has  been  since  lost 
(see  page  43),  the  present  writer  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  latter  name  should  be  used,  as  both  text  and  figures  are 
clear. 

'  For  the  references  in  parentheses,  see  the  Bibliography  appended.  ( Publislied  May,  1909.) 

41 


42  MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

mentary  types,  which  very  often  are  most  exasperating  to  the  student  of  paleontol- 
ogy, cannot  be  regarded  as  finally  determining  genera  and  species,  and  in  the  pres- 
ent case  we  must  still  await  the  slow  process  of  discovery  before  a  number  of  questions 
can  be  satisfactorily  determined.  The  paper  here  presented  can  only  claim  to  be 
a  report  of  progress  upon  our  knowledge'of  this  most  interesting  family,  which  must 
be  regarded  as  very  distantly  related  to  the  Suidie. 

The  types  of  the  different  genera  and  species  of  the  family,  though  sometimes 
very  fragmentary,  clearly  indicate  diverging  lines.  These  lines  do  not  possess  the 
radical  variability  met  with  for  instance  in  the  Merycoidodonts  (Oreodonts)  and  the 
Cameloidea,  but  they  are  nevertheless  of  importance,  when  the  conservative  charac- 
ters of  the  family  as  a  whole  throughout  the  lower  Oligocene  are  considered. 

This  paper  has  l)een  considerably  delayed  by  the  fact  that  the  writer  in  the 
early  part  of  the  year  1908  was  suddenly  detailed  to  take  charge  of  the  field-work 
in  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarries.  The  labors  in  these  quarries  were  rewarded 
with  unusually  good  success,  as  has  been  the  case  every  season  since  they  were  first 
opened  by  the  Carnegie  Museum.  Among  other  important  material  were  found 
a  numberof  portions  of  individuals  of  the  genus  Dinohijus  which  are  of  great  value, 
as  they  help  to  clear  up  certain  anatomical  features  of  that  genus  which  otherwise 
would  have  been  left  in  obscurity  in  the  present  puljlication. 

For  the  privilege  of  study  and  for  aid  otherwise  given  me,  I  am  indebted  to  Dr. 
W.  J.  Holland,  Director  of  the  Carnegie  Museum,  at  whose  request  the  present  work 
was  undertaken.  To  Professors  Osborn,  Scott,  Schuchert,  and  Lull  I  am  indebted 
for  free  access  to  the  splendid  material  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
the  Princeton  Museum,  and  the  collection  of  the  late  Professor  Marsh  of  Yale.  To  Dr. 
W.  D.  Matthew  of  the  American  Museum,  Dr.  Witmer  Stone  of  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  Mr.  J.  W.  Gidley  of  the  National  Museum,  Dr.  M. 
S.  Farr  of  Princeton  University,  Professor  John  C.  Merriam,  and  Mr.  E.  L.  Furlong 
of  the  California  University,  and  Miss  Lucy  P.  Bush  recently  of  Yale  Museum,  I  here 
wish  to  extend  my  thanks  and  appreciation  for  important  letters  and  information. 

The  excellent  series  of  illustrations  in  the  present  paper  are  mainly  due  to  the 
skilful  work  of  Mr.  Sydney  Prentice.  These  illustrations  explain  many  features 
which,  without  them,  would  be  quite  unintelligible.  Most  of  the  photographs  except 
when  otherwise  stated,  were  made  by  Mr.  Arthur  S.  Coggeshall. 

Last,  but  not  least,  hearty  acknowledgment  should  be  expressed  to  Mr.  Andrew 
( Jarnegie,  the  founder  of  the  Listitute,  whose  well-known  generosity  has  made  it 
possible  to  carry  on  the  work  done  both  in  the  field  and  the  laboratory. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.T;  43 

Family  ENTELODONTID.E  Lydekker.^ 

The  characters  of  this  group  of  mammals  from  the  Oligocene  and  Miocene  for- 
mations of  both  the  Old  and  New  Worlds  amply  justified  Lydekker  (53b),  Marsh 
(64,  p.  408),  and  Scott  (87,  p.  322)  in  placing  them  in  a  separate  family.  The  com- 
bination of  the  primitive  bunodont  dental  structure  with  the  highly  modified  limbs 
and  feet  gives  to  this  group  an  unusual  and  quite  unique  appearance. 

Family  Characters :  Teeth  bunodont.  Muzzle  long ;  cranium  short.  Limbs 
elongated  ;  feet  didactyl. 

Genus  ENTELODON  Aymard. 

There  has  been  much  confusion  both  in  Europe  and  America  regarding  the  pri- 
ority of  the  names  Entehdon  Aymard  and  Elolher'mm  Pomel.  Quite  recently  Miss 
Lucy  P.  Bush,  who  was  one  of  Professor  Marsh's  assistants,  wrote  an  article  (4,  pp. 
97-98)  which  stimulated  inquiry  as  to  tliese  two  names.  After  carefully  looking 
over  the  literature,  it  is  quite  plain  that  Aymard's  paper  on  Entehdon,  though  per- 
haps written  in  1846,  was  not  published  until  late  in  1847  or  during  the  year  1848. 
The  most  conclusive  evidence  of  this  fact  is  found  on  page  247  of  Vol.  XII,  of  the 
Annales  de  la  Societe  d' Agriculture,  des  Sciences,  et  de  (Jommerce  du  Puy  for  1842- 
1846,  or  on  p.  23  in  the  reprint  of  this  article.  On  these  pages  of  Aymard's  paper  is 
a  foot-note  correctly  referring  to  page  385  of  the  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Geologique 
de  France,  Vol.  IV,  which  was  published  late  in  1847  ;  consequently  Aymard's 
paper  could  not  have  been  published  in  1846.  Pomel's  description  of  Elothermm 
on  the  other  hand  was  apparently  published  in  1847  ;  Ijut,  in  the  first  place,  the 
type  was  rather  inadequate,  judging  from  Pomel's  article  ;  secondly,  there  is  not  in 
Pomel's  paper,  or  elsewhere,  any  illustration  of  the  specimen  ;  and,  thirdly,  I  am 
informed  that  the  type  is  lost.^  These  facts  collectively  should,  in  the  mind  of  the 
writer,  exclude  the  use  of  the  name  "  Elothermm"  especially  since  Aymard's  article 
on  Entelodon  is  accompanied  with  good  illustrations  of  satisfactory  types.  There 
was  apparently  not  a  great  lapse  of  time  between  the  appearance  of  the  two  publi- 
cations, and  it  may  yet  possibly  be  established  that  Pomel's  description  was  also 
delayed  and  not  published  l)efore  Aymard's  paper  actually  appeared. 

Principal  Generic  Uiaractcrs  of  Entelodon  :  Upper  and  lower  premolai-s  relatively 

'The  family  name  EnModonlidir  was  apparently  first  used  by  Lydeljlver  in  1883  (53b,  p.  146),  while  Edward 
Richard  Alston  in  the  Zoological  Record  for  1876,  p.  18,  refers  to  ParahyuK  mgans,  Ueloliyus,  and  "  Elolherium  "  under 
the  caption  El<itlierii(ta',  without  any  further  note  or  comment. 

'Inquiries  made  by  Dr.  W.  J.  Holland  while  recently  in  France  reveal  the  fact  that  the  type  of  Elolherium  is 
lost.  Professor  Marcellin  Boule,  in  a  letter  to  Director  Holland,  states  that  he  is  under  the  impression  that  no 
one,  except  Pomel  himself,  ever  saw  the  type.  In  this  connection  it  is  quite  sinnificant  that  in  the  Catalogue  of  Verte- 
brate Fossils  in  the  British  Museum,  which  accpiired  Pomel's  collection,  no  mention  is  made  of  the  type  of  Elolherium. 


44 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE^CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


large ;  posterior  portion  of  the  crown  of  P^  porportionally  heavier  than  in  Archteo- 
therium, ;  the  crown  of  PA  with  antero-internal  angle  of  comparatively  greater 
development,  which  gives  the  outline  of  the  tooth  a  more  nearly  square  appearance 


Fig.  1.  Type  Specimen  of  Eiilfhdnn  magnum  Aymird.  ^i  nat.  size.  (1)  Crown  View  of  Upper  Dentition.  (2) 
Crown  View  of  Lower  Dentition.  (3)  External  View  of  Lower  Dentition.  (Drawn  by  Sidney  Prentice  from  Casts  of 
the  Original,  compared  with  the  Figures  given  by  Kowalevsky. ) 

than  in  the  American  form  ;  para-  and  metaconids  completely  united  showing 
no  evidence  of  separations  as  in  young  and  unworn  teeth  of  Archieothermm. 
The  general  appearance  of  the  dentition  of  Entelodon  magnum  seems  to  point  toward 
a  more  specialized  type,  which  either  represents  a  later  or  a  more  advanced  form, 
so  far  as  the  dentition  is  concerned,  than  Arclmotheri um  from  the  lower  Oligocene 
of  America.  Occipital  condyle  of  proportionally  great  vertical  diameter ;  supra- 
occipital  greatly  expanded  superiorly  and  much  contracted  immediately  above  the 
condyles';  paroccipital  process  far  in  advance  of  the  condyles,  relatively  compressed 
antero-posteriorly,  and  expanded  transversely  ;  no  evidence  of  the  external  auditory 
meatus  immediately  in  front  of  the  paroccipital  process  as  in  Archasotherium. 

If  Kowalevsky's  observations  ^  regarding  the  union  of  the  foramen  ovale  and 
lacerum  medius,  as  in  the  recent  SuiJx,  is  correct,  this  is  of  considerable  importance, 

'•'  Professor  Scott  (87,  p.  284)  seems  inclined  to  doubt  Kowalevsky's  statement  that  "  foramen  ovale  .  .  . 
mit  dem  foramen  lacerum  medium  versmolzen  war,  wie  hei  den  heutigen  Suidoe  und  bei  Hippopotamus." 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDJE 


45 


since  all  the  known  American  forms  have  the  foramen  ovale  separate.  In  the  Euro- 
pean genus  the  manus  is  relatively  low  and  l)road;  the  magnum  and  unciform 
articulate  by  facets  at  tlie  dorsal  borders;  tlie  fil)ula  is  free  ;  and  the  tarsus  is  low 
and  broad. 

Entelodon  magnum  Aymard. 

Type:  Fragments  of  skull,  lower  jaws,  vertebrte,  and  femur. 

Horizon  :  Oligocene  of  Ronzon,  near  I'uy-en-Velay,  Department  of  Haute-Loire, 
Southern  France. 

Location  of  Type  :  Museum  National  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris,  France. 

Two  or  more  specimens  were  used  by  Aymard  in  his  original  description  (1,  pp. 
227-242),  and  Entelodon  is  cliaracterized  by  him  as  follows  : 


Fig.  2.     Lateral  View  of  Sknll  of  &i<e/odon  jna^num  Aymard.     j  nat.  size.     (After  Kowalevsky.) 

"J^e  systeme   dentaire  ordonne  com  me  11  suit:  i|^,';J:J  dont  H^+l. 

"  Toutes  les  dents  plus  ou  moins  marquees  de  fortes  stries  ou  dentelures  aux 
aretes  longitudinales ;  Ti  collet  cernant  en  partie  la  base  de  toutes  les  molaires  in- 
ferieures,  entourant  egalement  en  partie  les  trois  premieres  superieures,  tres  dr- 
veloppe  au  cote  anterieur  et  au  cote  posterieur  de  la  molaire  principale  et  des  trois 
arriere-molairs  d'en-haut. 

"  Les  incisives  d'en-bas  subtriangulaires,  peu  declives,  subterminales,  contigues 
entre  elles  et  a  la  canine,  et  augmentant,  en  grandeur,  de  la  premiere  a  la  troisieme  ; 
les  superieures  en  cone  subtriangulaire,  assez  epais  avec  un  collet  au  bord  interne. 

"  Les  canines,  peu  arquees,  se  deversant  peu  en  dehors  ;  la  superieure  moins  forte 
que  I'inferieure. 


46 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


"Les  trois  avant-molaires,  en  haut  et  en  bas,  coniques,  deprimees,  portees  sur 
leux  racines  d'autant  plus  serees  que  le  dent  est  plus  rapprochee  de  la  canine.     La 

premirre  inferieure  a  pen  pres  uniradiculee  ;  la  pre- 
miere su2:)erieure  se  detachant  des  suivantes  par  une 
petite  barre  ;  la  troisieme  etroite  [surtout  celle  d'en 
haut]  relativement  a  son  analogue  des  genres  voi- 
sins,  et  s'elevant  fort  au-dessus  de  la  serie. 

"  La  molaire  principale  inferieure  a  couronne 
conique,  simple,  elargie  en  arriere.  Celle  d'en-haut 
formant  une  colline  transverse  a  deux  pointes,  I'in- 
terne  assez  forte. 

"Les  trois  dernieres  machelieres  divisees  en 
deux  coUines  transverses,  cbaque  colline  ayant  trois 
pointes  mousses  a  la  machoire  d'en-haut  et  deux  Tv 
celle  d'en-bas.  Les  superieures  de  figure  trapezoide, 
la  penultieme  plus  forte  que  la  derniere.  Celles  d'en- 
bas  plus  longues  que  larges  ;  la  derniere  depourvue 
de  talon  ou  troisieme  colline. 

"  La  premiere  dentition  de  la  machoii'e  inferi- 
eure ainsi  composee  :  trois  incisives  ayant  meme  dis- 
position qu'a  la  mandibule  d'adulte,  et  a  peu  pres 
meme  structure,  sauf  une  epaisseur  moins  forte  de  la  couronne  ;  une  canine  de  meme 
forme  que  les  incisives,  mais  plus  haute  et  plus  pointue  ;  quatre  molaires,  la  premiere 
uniradiculee,  la  seconde  a  deux  racines,  la  troisieme  remarquable  par  la  simplicite  de 
sa  couronne  unicuspidee,  et  la  derniere  a  trois  paires  de  cones  mousses. 
"  Le  systeme  digital  probablement  paridigite. 

Entelodon  ronzonii  Aymard. 
Ty]ye :  Isolated  teeth. 

Horizon  :  Oligocene  of  Ronzon,  Department  of  Haut- Loire,  Southern  France. 

Location  of  Type:  Mviseum  National  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris,  France. 

Aymard  established  this  species  on  isolated  teeth.  His  description  is  based 
principally  on  the  smaller  size  of  the  teeth,  a  lower  crown,  and  greater  width  pos- 
teriorly of  Mg,  than  in  his  Entelodon  magnum.  Aymard's  original  description  (1, 
p.  22)  in  full  is  as  follows  : 

"  Nous  avons  recueilli  des  dents  isolees  qui  sembleraient  indiquer  une  espece 
d'entelodon  plus  petite  que  la  precedente.  Une  troisieme  molaire  inferieure,  tres 
bien  conservee,  presente,  outre  le  collet  et  les  aretes  dentelees  caracteristiques  du 


Fig.  3.  Posterior  View  of  Skull  of 
Entelodon  magnum  Aymard.  J  nat.  size. 
(Drawn  by  Sidney  Prentice  after  the  Figure 
given  by  Kowalevsky. ) 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF    THE    ENTELODONTID.E  47 

genre,  une  hauteur  proportionnellement  moindre  de  la  couronne,  et  une  plus  graiide 
largeur  en  arriere.  i^lle  a,  de  plus,  en  avant  et  en  arriere,  des  plis  d'eraail  et  des 
rugosites  distinctifs.  Si  des  decouvertes  ulterieures  de  pieces  dentaires  plus  completes 
venaient  confirmir  la  valeur  de  ces  caracteres,  on  pourrait  imposer  a  cette  nouvelle 
especerappellation  cVeidciodon  Eonzonii,  de  la  colline  ou  sontenfouies  sesdepouilles." 

Genus  ARCH^OTHERIUM  Leidy. 

In  1850  Dr.  lieidy  published  a  description  of  the  first  American  forms  of  the 
family  EntclodontJdx  under  the  name  Arducotherium  mortoni  (40,  pp.  93-94). 
Material  of  this  genus  which  was  subsequently  collected  from  time  to  time  by  the 
early  expeditions  to  the  bad-lands  of  South  Dakota  and  Nebraska  was  submitted  to 
Dr.  Leidy  for  study  and  was  pul)lished  by  him  in  different  publications  under  the 
generic  names  Arctodon  (41,  p.  278),  Entclodon  (45,  p.  392),  and  Archicothermm.  In 
1857  (48,  p.  175)  Leidy  recognized  Pomel's  name  Elotherium,  which  he  continued 
to  use  for  the  American  forms  in  different  publications,  including  his  work  "The 
Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska."  On  Plate  IX,  figs.  3  and  4, 
in  "The  Ancient  Fauna  of  Nebraska"  are  illustrations  representing  a  fragment  of 
a  skull  which  agrees  quite  perfectly  with  Leidy's  original  description  (40,  pp.  92-93) 
and  is  undoubtedly  that  of  the  type.  Other  specimens  figured  and  determined  by 
Leidy  as  Archxotherium  mortoni  agree  with  a  number  of  skulls,  portions  of  skulls, 
and  teeth  in  the  Carnegie  Museum,  which  were  collected  by  the  writer  and  others 
in  the  Titanoiherium  beds  of  the  same  general  locality  (Nebraska  and  South  Dakota). 
The  Oligocene  of  North  America  has  yielded  much  material  representing  this  genus, 
which  is  now  scattered  through  the  museums  of  America  and  Europe. 

Principal  Generic  Characters  of  Archicotherium :  P-  of  relatively  small  size, 
with  small  internal  tubercle ;  the  crown  triangular  in  outline  ;  P^,  ^,  ^  separated 
by  diastemata ;  lower  molars  with  the  anterior  much  higher  than  the  posterior 
tubercles  and  separated  by  broad  cross-valleys  ;  Py  separated  from  canine  and  P^r 
by  diastemata ;  occipital  condyles  of  proportionally  small  vertical  diameter  and  no 
accessory  facets  on  the  basioccipital ;  foramen  ovale  separated  from  foramen  lac- 
erum  ;  dependent  processes  on  the  jugal  and  the  inferior  border  of  the  mandible  ; 
long  alveolar  border  of  the  premaxillai-y  and  a  long  chin  ;  limbs  and  feet  propor- 
tionally long  and  slender  ;  trapezium  present ;  magnum  and  unciform  articulating 
slightly  with  one  another  at  the  dorsal  border  ;  fibula  free. 

Archaeotherium  mortoni  Leidy. 
Type:  A  fragment  of  a  skull  witli  P'  and  P^  in  place,  and  the  alveolus  for  Mi. 
Horizon  :  Oligocene  (Titanotherium  beds). 


48 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


Localitij  :  White  River,  South  Dakota  ? 

Locality  of  Type  :  Academy  of  Natural  Science,  Philadelphia.^ 
Pnncipal  characters  of  Archxothermm  mortoni  :     The  first  and  second  incisors 
of  this  species  are  relatively  large.     The  whole  series  is  well  spaced  in  both  upper 
and  lower  jaws,  which  is  due  to  the  proportionally  long  alveolar  border  of  the  pre- 


side View  of  Skull  of  Archwotheriun  mortuni  Leidy.     {Cam.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert. 
Jaw  No.  2097. )     i  nat.  size. 


Skull  No.  1900,  Lower 


maxillary  and  the  long  chin  of  the  lower  jaw.  The  canines  are  long  and  pointed, 
the  premolars  are  compressed  transversely  and  have  comparatively  high  and  pointed 
crowns.  M-  has  small  posterior  tubercles.  The  lower  molars  have  proportionally 
higher  and  more  developed  proto-  and  metaconids,  low  and  little  developed  hypo- 
and  entoconids  and  bi'oad  cross- valleys.     The  posterior  process  of  the  jugal  is  com- 


FlG.  5.    Crown  View  of  Left  Inferior  Dentition  of  A.  mnrtoni  Leidy.    (Cam.  Mns.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.  No.  2097. )   J  nat.  size. 

paratively  lightly  developed  and  does  not  form  a  buttress  on  the  anterior  margin 
of  the  glenoid  cavity,  as  in  some  of  the  later  genera.  The  anterior  jjrotuberances  of 
the  inferior  margin  of  the  lower  jaws  are  slightly  more  developed  than  those  further 
Ijack.      The  skull  rejjresents  a  comparatively  small-sized  animal.      A   specimen, 

''  The  specimen  at  this  writing  has  no  catalog  number. 


I'ETEKSON  :     A    UKVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


49 


fragments  of  skull  and  lower  jaws  (No.  2011,  Carnegie  Museum  ('at.  Foss.  Vert.), 
was  collected  in  the  Oreodon  beds  near  Dickinson  in  the  Little  IJad-lands  of  North 
Dakota  by  Earl  Douglass.  This  has  the  entoconid  of  M^  well  rei^resented,  the 
anterior  tubercles  of  the  lower  molars  very  high,  as  in  A.  coarctatam,  the  premolars 
rather  small,  but  Pj  separated  from  P-4  by  a  diastema  as  in  A.  inorfoni.  The  upper 
molars  are  relatively  longer  and  narrower  than  those  in  the  typical  specimens  of  A. 


Fig.  6.     Palatal   View  of  Cranium  of  Archtvulherinm   moiluni  liCidy.     J  nat.  size.    (Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.  No. 
1900. )     The  oblong  area  in  front  of  the  condyle  represents  the  broken  tympanic  bnlhu. 

mortoni.     This  would  seem  to  indicate  that  there  is  a  considerable  range  of  indi- 
vidual variation  in  the  species  ^1.  nwiiu'ii.i. 

Archaeotherium  mortoni  subsp.  clavum  (Marsh). 

Ii/jie :  Skull. 

Horizon  :  Lower  Oligocene  (Titanotherium  beds). 

Locality :  Bad-lands  of  South  Dakota. 

Locallli/  of  Type  :  In  Collection  of  Yale  Museum,  No.  2().S5. 

The  type  of  this  subspecies  is  the  skull  of  an  animal  the  size  of  AirlmotlK riitm, 
mortoni,  and  the  characters  which  Professor  Marsh  has  given  do  not  clearly  distin- 
guish it  from  the  latter  species.     Marsh  states  that  tlie  skull  agrees  in  many  respects 


50 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


with  that  of  A.  crassum,  but  is  smaller,  "  the  malar  j^rocess  is  quite  slender  and 
tapering  below  [and]  extending  downward.  .  .  .  The  dentition  agrees  in  the  main 
with  that  of  E.  [yl.]  crassum,  the  last  lower  molar  in  each  having  four  cones  only,  and 
no  heel."  The  malar  arch  and  the  dependent  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  which  Pro- 
fessor Marsh  states,  "  will  distinguish  it  from  A.  mortoni,"  are  found  to  be  present  and 
more  or  less  developed  in  all  the  specimens  of  this  family  found  in  America  with 
these  parts  preserved. 

In  my  notes  on  the  type  of  ArchxotJicrium  davuin  taken  in  the  Yale  Museum  I 
find  the  following  statements,  which  tend  to  show  that  Marsh's  species  should  at 
least  be  given  a  subspecific  rank  : 

"The  general  contour  of  the  skull  is  much  the  same  as  that  of  ^.  crassum,  the 
occijiut  is  not  overhanging,  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  is  opposite  the  middle 
portion  of  M-,  the  antorbital  foramen  is  large  and  placed  over  P-.  Premaxillaries 
produced  forward  giving  plenty  of  room  for  the  incisors,  which  are  separated  by 


Fig.  7.     SkuW  of  Aichicolherium  cinvitm  Marsh.     About  i  iiat 


diastemata  except  I^  and  I-.  The  latter  are,  however,  well  separated  at  the  apices. 
The  orbit  is  placed  slightly  higher  than  in  A.  crassum.  The  dependent  broad  pro- 
cess of  the  jugal  is  not  large,  and,  as  Mai'sh  stated,  points  directly  downward  and 
also  slightly  outward.  The  zygomatic  process  perhaps  did  not  reach  to  the  anterior 
border  of  the  glenoid  cavity.  The  condyles  are  well  separated  superiorly  and  inferi- 
orly  and  the  paroccipital  process  is  rather  short  and  truncated.  The  foramen  mag- 
num is  large  and  subtriangular  in  outline.  The  chin  has  a  considerable  slope  and 
is  quite  convex  from  side  to  side.  The  anterior  knob-like  protuberances  are  not 
large  and  are  placed  well  back  as  in  some  species  from  the  John  Day  formation. 
The  posterior  protuberance  has  the  same  relative  size  as  in  A.  cras.^u'iu.  The  anterior 
mental  foramen  is  rather  small  and  is  placed  low  down  on  the  mandible,  opposite 
the  anterior  face  of  Py  The  posterior  mental  foramen  is  higher  up  upon  the  mandi- 
ble and  is  opposite  the  posterior  face  of  Po. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OP   THE    RNTKLODONTID.E  51 

"  Ti  relatively  large,  upper  canines  much  elongated  and  pointed,  M-  with  well 

develojied  cingulum  externally,  IVP  with  cingulum  faintly  developed  externally, 

and  M-  with  cingulum  developed  only  on  the  antero-external  angle.     Lower  canine 

rather  short,  which  may  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  specimen  pertains  to  a  rather 

young,    though  adult  individual.     Lower  premolars  high    and    sharply  pointed  ; 

molars  Avith  high  anterior  tubercles.     Mg  with  an  unusually  prominent  posterior 

basal  heel.'     Cingulum  only  fairly  indicated  on  the  external  faces  of  the  inferior 

molars." 

Archseotherium  crassum  (iVIarsh). 

Tij2^e  :  Fragments  of  a  skeleton. 

Locality :  Eastern  Colorado. 

Horizon  :  Lower  Oligocene  (Titanotherium  beds). 

Localitu  of  Type:  In  Collection  of  Yale  Museum,  No.  12020. 

In  1873  Professor  Marsh  founded  this  species  on  fragments  of  a  skeleton  (58a, 
p.  487).  It  was  apparently  the  first  time  that  the  characteristic  dependent  process 
of  the  jugal  of  the  American  forms  of  the  Entelodontid;v  had  been  observed,  and 
Marsh  compared  this  process  with  tho.se  on  the  zygomatic  arch  in  some  Eldentates 
and  Marsupials.  Marsh  also  pointed  out  that  the  I'adius  and  ulna  of  this  species  were 
separated  or  very  loosely  united.*  Some  idea  of  the  foot  structure  of  this  species  was 
also  derived  from  this  specimen.  In  a  later  paper  (63,  p.  408)  jNIarsh  more  fully 
describes  the  type,  together  with  additional  material  collected  in  Colorado,  South 
Dakota,  and  Nebraska.  On  Plate  VIII  of  this  publication  Marsh  figures  the  skull 
and  feet,  which  he  regards  as  belonging  to  A.  crassum,  and  states  that  the  dependent 
process  of  the  jugal  "  extends  downward  to  the  inferior  margin  of  the  lower  jaw  in 
front  of  the  angle.  This  is  the  case  when  these  processes  are  somewhat  expanded 
transversely,  as  shown  in  figures  2  and  3,  which  represent  the  skull  as  it  lay 
in  the  matrix  "  (see  fig.  8).  Marsh  also  calls  attention  to  the  small  bi-ains,  the  struc- 
ture of  the  feet,  and  to  the  protuberances  on  the  inferior  border  of  the  lower  jaw,  of 
which  the  anterior  pair  is  slightly  the  heavier.  In  J  894  Marsh  published  the  res- 
toration of  A.  crassum  (64,  pp.  407-408,  PI.  IX)  and  finally  in  1897  published  the 
same  restoration  (65,  PI.  XXX)  with  the  legend  Entelodon  crassus.  In  the  text 
of  the  same  volume,  pp.  522-523,  Marsh  also  referred  to  ArcJarotherium  as  Entelodun.^ 
Through  the  courtesy  of  Professors  Schuchert  and  Lull  of  Yale  University  the  pres- 

'The  posterior  positioD  of  the  chin-process,  the  high  anterior  tubercles  ot  tlie  lower  molars,  anil  the  prominent 
basal  heel  of  Mj  are  among  the  more  important  characters  of  this  subspecies. 

"  This  is  probably  true  of  nearly  all  the  species  from  the  lower  beds. 

"This  indicates  that  Marsh  liad  already  obtained  some  information  which  led  to  Miss  Lucy  P.  Bush's  publication 
of  a  later  date  in  the  American  Journal  ot  Science  (Series  IV,  Vol.  XVI,  pp.  97-98,  19031. 


52 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


ent  writer  was  recently  able  to  carefullj'  study  the  type  and  the  other  material  referred 
to  A.  crassum  by  Marsh.  My  observations  are  of  some  interest  in  this  connection,  as 
they  serve  to  further  characterize  this  species.  I  at  once  detected  that  the  premaxilla- 
ries  are  long,  as  is  usual  in  the  species  from  the  lower  Oligocene,  the  preorbital  foramen 
is  above  P^  and  is  of  large  size,  the  orbit  is  rather  low,  and  has  the  anterior  boi'der 
opposite  the  posterior  part  of  M^.  The  downward  projecting  process  of  the  jugal  is 
directed  rather  more  forward  than  backward  and  terminates  in  an  enlarged  and  some- 
what oval  free  end  ;  the  zygomatic  process  does  not  quite  reach  the  anterior  border 
of  the  glenoid  cavity.  Fj  has  a  characteristically  limited  antero-posterior  diame- 
ter. Pi"  and  P2  are  abruptly  reduced  as  in  A.  coardatum  Cope,  and  the  anterior 
tubercles  of  the  molars  are  quite  high,  as  in  that  species.  The  superior  molars  are 
yet  buried  in  the  matrix,  so  that  nothing  more  can  be  said  regarding  their  charac- 
ters, than  that  they  have  apparently  an- 
terior and  posterior  cingula,  as  usual,  but 
are  externally  almost  smooth. 

There  are  only  a  few  fragments  of 
vertebr;ie  with  the  type.  Poi'tions  of  left 
arches  of  two  dtwsal  vertebrie  show  perfor- 
ations of  large  foramina  at  the  base  of,  and 
immediately  posterior  to,  the  transverse 
processes,  but  in  neither  of  the  two  arches 
are  there  any  indications  of  vertical  canals 
as  in  Dinohyus, 

The  limbs  of  the  type  specimen  are 
very  fragmentary;  there  is  no  scapula. 
The  great  trochanter  of  the  humerus  is 
very  prominent  and  terminates  superiorly 
above  the  head  in  an  enlarged  and  trun- 
cated end,  directed  backward  and  with  the 
process  of  the  lesser  tuberosity  nearly  en- 
closing the  bicipital  groove.  The  inter- 
trochlear  ridge  is  prominent  and  the  ex- 
ternal condyle  is  narrow.  The  internal 
epicondyle  is  relatively  prominent.  The  calcaneal  facet  of  the  cuboid  is  broader  than 
that  for  the  astragalus.  Mt.  IV  is  complete  and  measures  155  mm  in  length.  Mt. 
V  was  of  relatively  large  size,  judging  from  the  facet  for  it  on  Mt.  IV.  The  meta- 
podial  as  a  whole  is  rather  delicate  and  the  cross-section  of  the  upper  half  of  the 
shaft  has  a  square  appearance. 


Fl().  8.      Side  and   Upper  View  of  Skull  of  Anh,rn 
tlierium  crassum  Marsh.     J  uat.  size.      (After  Marsli. ) 


I'ETERSON  :     A    REVISIOX    OF    THE    ENTELODONTirxE  53 

In  the  Carnegie  Museum  is  a  good  portion  of  a  skeleton  with  the  vertebral 
column  well  represented,  but  without  tlie  skull  or  jaws  (No.  16G5,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat. 
Vert.  Foss.),  collected  by  the  writer  in  the  Titanotherlnm  beds  on  Sand  Creek,  8ioux 
County,  Nebraska.  This  specimen  has  the  sides  of  the  walls  of  the  neural  arches 
perforated  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  of  the  type  of  A.  crasisiim.  The  specimen  per- 
tained to  a  somewhat  larger  individual  than  the  type  in  the  Yale  Museum,  but  it  is 
here  referred  to  Archiwtlierivm.  (■raasiim.  A  skull  and  four  cervical  vertebne  (Carn. 
Mus.  (Jat.  Vert.  Foss.  No.  142)  which  are  referred  to  A.  crasmrn,  were  collected  by 
Mr.  J.  B.  Hatcher  in  HJOO,  near  the  base  of  the  Titanotherium  beds  on  Lance 
Creek,  Converse  ( 'ounty,  Wyoming.  The  skull  of  this  specimen  is  much  depressed  by 
crushing,  but  is  of  interest  because  it  supplies  characters  which  show  a  considerable 
range  of  individual  variation  in  this  species.  While  the  skull  is  of  about  the  same 
proportionate  size  as  that  of  A.  crassmn  in  the  Yale  Museum,  it  is  seen  that  the 
dependent  process  of  the  jugal  is  of  much  smaller  size  and  shorter,  the  superior 
border  of  the  orbit  is  higher'"  or  more  nearly  even  with  the  transverse  fac<;  of  the 
frontals,  the  antorbital  foramen  is  slightly  further  forward,  and  the  cingula  of  the 
teeth  are  more  strongly  developed  than  in  the  specimen  in  the  Yale  Museum. 

Archseotherium  ingens  (Leidy). 

Types:  Symphysis  of  lower  jaws  without  teeth,  the  crown  of  an  inferior 
molar,  and  several  mutilated  canine  teeth. 

Horizon:  Oligocene  (Upper  Titanotherium  beds?). 

Locality :  Nebraska  (White  River?). 

Locality  of  Types:  Unknown  to  the  writer." 

The  figures  <S-11,  which  Profes.sor  Leidy  gives  on  PI.  XXVII  in  "Tlic  K.xtinct 
Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska,"  seem  to  agree  with  his  original 
description  of  "  Entelodon  inyens"  (47,  pp.  164-1G5)  and  are  undoubtedly  to  be 
regarded  as  the  types  of  that  species,  although  Leidy  docs  not  make  this  clear.  The 
species  was  originally  separated  wholly  on  account  of  its  greater  size.  On  pages 
192-194  (Ext.  Mam.  Fauna)  Leidy  gives  a  list  with  measurements  of  si)ecimens, 
which  he  regarded  as  pertaining  to  A.  ingots,  but  with  no  adequate  description. 
To  Professor  W.  B.  Scott  of  Princeton  University  we  are  indebted  for  an  admirable 
Memoir  (87,  p}).  273-324),  the  descriptions  in  which  are  based  on  a  very  nearly 
complete  skeleton  (Princeton  Museum  ( -ollection  No.  10885)  collected  in  the  upper 
Titanotherium  beds  of  South  Dakota  liy  the  late  Mr.  J.  B.  Hatcher  and  regarded  by 

'"  Even  wlien  the  crusliing  of  tlie  sknll  is  takeu  into  proper  coosideratioii  this  character  is  especially  noticeable. 
"  In  the  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  165,  1856,  Professor  Leidy  states  that  the  specimens  were 
collected  by  Dr.  Hayden  for  the  St.  I.,ouis  Academy  of  .Sciences. 


54 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


Scott  as  "  Elotherium  ingens."  Scott  states  (87,  p.  274)  that  the  upper  incisors  "in- 
crease regularly  in  size  from  the  first  to  the  third,  the  latter  being  much  the  largest 
of  the  series  ;  it  has  a  conical  or  somewhat  trihedral  crown  and  resembles  a  canine 


Fig.  9.     Restoration  of  Skeleton  of  A.  ingens  Leidy.     About  j'j  nat.  size.     (After  Scott.) 

in  shape  and  appearance.  .  .  .  The  other  incisors  have  sj^atulate  crowns,  Avith 
blunted  tips,  the  attrition  of  use  wearing  down  the  apices  as  well  as  the  posterior 
faces  of  these  teeth.  This  description  ajjplies  more  particularly  to  the  larger  White 
River  species,  such  as  E.  ingens  and  E.  imperator ;  in  E.  mortoni  the  upper  incisors 
are  of  more  nearly  equal  size  and  more  conical  shape."  In  speaking  of  the  upper 
premolars  the  same  author  states  (l.  c,  p.  275) :  "  In  the  smaller  species  of  the  genus 
such  as  E.  mortoni,  P^  and  P^  are  placed  close  together,  while  in  the  larger  forms 
these  teeth  are  separated  Vjy  a  short  space  and  the  diastemata  between  the  other 
premolars  and  between  P-  and  the  canine  are  relatively  somewhat  greater,  the 
enlargement  of  these  teeth  hardly  keeping  pace  with  the  elongation  of  the  muzzle." 
The  general  contour  of  the  skull  in  E.  ingens  is  somewhat  different  from  other  species 
especially  those  from  the  lower  beds.  Thus,  Scott  (/.  c,  p.  280)  states  :  "  In  most 
American  si^ecies  the  forehead  rises  very  gradually  and  gently  behind  to  the  sagittal 
crest,  but  in  E.  ingens  the  rise  is  much  more  sudden  and  steep."  The  dependent  proc- 
ess of  the  jugal  "  descends  from  beneath  the  orbit  downward  and  outward  to  below 
the  level  of  the  ventral  border  of  the  mandible  [and]  forms  a  club-like  thickening 
at  the  tip,  which  ...  is  coarsely  crenulate  on  the  posterior  border.  ...  In  E.  ingens, 


PETKRSON  :     A    REVISION  'OF   THE    ENTELODONTID/T; 


55 


from  the  Titanotherium  Ijeds,  these  openings  [supraorbital  foramina]  are  of  good 
size,  are  phiced  quite  near  to  the  median  line,  and  have  well-marked  vascular 
cliannels  running  forward  from  them."  On  the  ventral  border  of  the  mandible  the 
knob-like  processes  ai-e  well  developed.  In  the  type  represented  in  Fig.  10,  PI. 
XXVII  (Ext.  Mam.  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska)  these  proc- 
esses are  shown  to  be  of  quite  large  size.  In  the  dorsal  vertebrtc 
of  the  specimen,  which  Professor  Scott  referred  to  E.  ingens,  the 
canals  perforating  the  walls  of  the  neural  arch  for  the  spinal 
nerves  are  small  and  quite  irregular  in  their  position,  indicating 
that  they  had  a  less  important  function  than  was  the  case  in 
Dinohijus  and  Sus.  The  trapezium  (tm.  in  fig.  10)  is  present  in 
the  manus  of  the  splendidly  preserved  specimen  in  the  Princeton 
Museum. 

Archaeotherium  coarctatum  ((ope). 

li/i^e  :  A  left  mandibular  ramus  with  molar-premolar  series 
complete. 

Horizon  :  Lower  Oligocene,  Titanotherium  beds  ? 

Localiti]  :  Gypre.ss  Hills,  District  of  Assiniboia,  Canada. 

Locality  of  Type  :    Collection  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Canada,  Ottawa." 

The  name  Entelodon  Diortoni  was  used  by  Professor  Cope  in  his  first  report  of 
the  presence  of  remains  of  %\\q  Entelodontidx  in  Canada  (17a,  p.  163).  Later  he  re- 
ferred this  material  to  "  Elotherium"  coarctatum,  which  again  was  changed  by  him- 
in  1891  (23,  p.  20)  to  "  Elotherium  arctatum."  The  type  as  figured  on  Plate  XIV 
(23)  clearly  indicates  this  species  as  valid  and  the  more  important  characters  may 
be  quoted  from  Professor  Cope's  description  :  "  The  species  differs  from  E.  mortoni, 
with  which  it  agrees  nearly  in  size,  in  having  all  the  premolars  in  a  series  uninter- 
rupted by  diastemata  except  a  very  short  one  between  Pm.  Ill  and  IV  [IVand  Py].'^* 
The  second  premolar  [P3]  ^''^  is  the  most  elevated,  and  the  third  and  fourth  [IV  and 
Py]^^*are  abruptly  smaller.  The  fourth  [Py] '"'*  has  one '■' compres.sed  grooved  root. 
.  .  .  The  posterior,  or  fifth  tubercle  is  well  develoj^ed,  especially  on  the  M.  Ill 
[M3]."  '■'■*     (See  crown  view  in  fig.  11.) 

"  Without  catalog  number. 

"  From  the  illustration  it  would  appear  that  there  were  probably  two  roots  on  P,,  perhaps  coalesced  near  the 
crown  which  is  usual  in  many  species  from  higher  horizons. 

""The  notation  of  the  teeth  enclosed  in  brackets  [  ]  is  given  by  the  writer,  in  order  to  facilitate  the  understand- 
ing of  Prof.  Cope's  description,  in  which  he  used  the  now  obsolete  method  of  numbering  the  teeth  from  the  back  of 
the  jaw  forward. 


Flo.  10.  Inside  View 
of  Carpus  of  A.  ingeiis 
Leidy,  showing  Trape- 
zium in  Position.  I  nat. 
size.  (Princeton  Mus. 
Cat.,  No.  10885.) 


56 


MEMOIRS    01''    THE    CAKNECilE    MUSEUM 


Professor  Cope  points  out  the  "  close-placed  premolar  teeth  "  and  the  elevation 
of  the  anterior  tubercles  "  of  the  true  molars  as  a  more  primitive  character  than  is 
displayed  by  any  of  the  American  species  so  far  known.  To  this  may  also  be  added 
the  abrupt  reduction  of  Ptt,  which,  though  distinctly  smaller  than  in  A.  morioni, 
is,  however,  again  re2)eated  in  Dinohyus  from  the  Miocene.  The  latter  has  Py 
and  P^  of  very  nearly  the  same  relative  size  as  in  Archxothcnum  coqrdatum.     The 


Flo.  11.     Type  oi  Aich.TOtheriuin  coarctalum  Cope.     About  J  nat.  size.     ( After  Cope. ) 

development  of  the  posterior  tubercles  on  Mg  of  the  latter  species  seems  to  indicate 
"a  slight  advance  in  modification  toward  the  later  forms,  Dinohya.'^  and  Aynmodon, 
wliile  in  the  typical  forms  of  A.  mortoni  these  tubercles  are  less  developed. 

Subgenus  PELONAX  Cope. 
Pelonax  ramosum  Cope. 

Tyjye  :  The  greater  part  of  a  mandible. 

Horizon :  Upper  Oligocene  ? 

Locality  :  Eastern  Colorado. 

Locality  of  Type :  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  (Cope  Collec- 
tion, No.  6393.) 

In  the  original  description  (7,  p.  27)  of  the  subgenus  Pelonax  Professor  Cope 
enumerates  strong  specific  characters,  viz.  :  the  "  great  size  of  the  tubercles  on  the 
under  side  of  the  mandibular  ramus,  especially  the  anterior  pair  .  .  .  the  first  and 

'*  It  slioulil  be  carefully  borne  in  mind  tbat  all  the  species  known  from  the  lower  Oligocene  beds  have  the  an- 
terior cusps  of  the  molars  higher  in  a  greater  or  less  degree. 


I'KTERSON  :     A    REVISFON    OF    TIIR    KNTELODONTID.E 


57 


second  of  the  four  premolars  are  separated  by  a  diastema  and  have  but  a  single  '"  root 
.  .  .  the  tubercles  of  the  molars  are  low  .  .  .  the  last  molar  two-lobed  and  rather 
small,"  which  should  be  regarded  at  least  as  of  subgeneric  value.  Cope  erected 
the  genus  Pelonax  in  1874  (6,  pp.  504-505)  and  said  that  it  embraces  species 
"nearly  allied  to  Elotherimn.  It  is  more  hippopotamoid  than  that  genus  l^Archaro- 
therium]  in  the  possession  of  four^'  digits  on  all  the  feet  and  a  rudimentary  fifth  on 
the  pes."     The  statement  regarding  the  digits  of  Cope's  genus  Pelonax  is  misleading, 


Fjo.  12.     Type  of  PcUmar  ramosum  Cope.     Cope  Collection,  No.  6393.     About  \  iiat.  size. 

but  the  very  large  tuberosities  on  the  chin  and  the  single-rooted  premolars,  together 
with  the  characters  enumerated  above,  are  of  considerable  significance,  and  may 
be  regarded  as  characterizing  this  subgenus.  More  material  representing  limbs  and 
verte]:>ne  associated  with  jaws  and  skulls  from  the  type  locality  is  of  extreme  impor- 
tance in  connection  with  the  study  of  this  subgenus. 


Pelonax  bathrodon  (Marsh). 
Tijpe  :  M3  of  right  side. 
Horizon:  Upper  01  igocene.     Protoceras  Sandstones? 

"In  a  letter  of  reply  from  Dr.  Matthew,  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  dated  Feb.  2C, 
1908,  I  am  assured  that  Coin's  statement  regarding  the  single-rooted  premolars  is  correct. 

"  No  true  Entelodonts  from  the  Oligocene  of  America  or  Europe  have  as  yet  been_found  with  four  digits  on  all 
the  feet,  as  in  hippopotamus. 


58 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


Locality  :  Bad-lands  of  South  Dakota. 

Locality  of  Type  :  Collection  of  Yale  Museum,  No.  1 2030. 

The  tooth  figured  in  1893  by  Professor  Marsh  (63,  PI.  IX,  fig.  4),  and  referred 
to  the  genus  Ammodon,  though  inadequate  as  a  type,  fortunately  shows  characters 
which  at  once  separate  it  from  Ammodon  leidyanum,  not  only  specifically,  but  also 
generically  (see  fig.  13).  In  Marsh's  original  description  in  1874  (59,  p.  534),  he 
gives  the  principal  characters  of  M3  of  his  proposed  species  •'  Elotherium  "  bathrodon, 
which  constitute  the  chief  differences  between  that  tooth  of  the  latter  species  and 
the  genus  ^mmo(7o7i.     Marsh  says :  "This  molar  differs  essentially  from  the  same 


Fig.  13.     Last  Lower  Molar  of  P.  bathrodiin  Marsh.     \  nat  size.     (After  Marsh.) 

tooth  in  the  other  known  species  of  this  genus  [Elotherium'],  especially  in  having 
the  anterior  pair  of  tubercles  much  larger  than  the  posterior  pair,  and  elevated  high 
above  them."  '*  On  comparing  Marsh's  figures  reproduced  in  this  connection  (fig. 
13)  it  is  at  once  seen  that  the  tubercles  are  more  distinctly  separated  by  narrow 
longitudinal  valleys,  and  that  the  cross-valley  between  the  anterior  and  posterior 
tubercles  is  open  and  very  broad,  which  is  due  to  the  small  development  of  the  pos- 
terior tubercles ;  a  character  common  to  the  older  American  types  of  the  family 
Entelodontidse.  In  Ammodon  and  Dinohyus  the  development  of  the  posterior  tuber- 
cles (ento-  and  hypoconids)  is  relatively  greater  and  the  cross-valley  is  very  much 
reduced  in  the  anteroposterior  direction.  The  distinct  development  of  the  fifth 
cone  (hypoconid)  in  Ammodon  leidyanum  seems  to  have  progressed  in  the  same  gen- 
eral ratio  as  that  of  the  posterior  tubercles. 

In  the  Yale  Museum  is  a  specimen  of  an  Entelodont,  which  was  collected  in 
1890  by  Mr.  J.  Brown  and  bears  the  catalogue  number  10U08.  This  specimen  is  a 
skull  of  a  large  individual  apparently  from  the  Protoceras  sandstones  of  the  Oligo- 
cene.  The  front  and  back  of  this  skull  is  broken  off  so  that  its  length  cannot  be 
ascertained.  The  size  of  the  molars  corresponds  quite  well  with  that  of  the  tooth 
described  by  Marsh  as  the  type  of  Pelonax  bathrodon,  and,  from  the  fact  that  it  was 

'*  This  elevated  position  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  crown  seems  to  be  greater  than  in  Pelonax  potens. 


I'ETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDyE  59 

found  in  the  upper  Oligocene,  it  would  seem  quite  reasonable  to  suppose  that  it 
belongs  to  the  same  species. 

The  premolars  of  this  skull  are  rather  pointed,  with  wrinkled  enamel,  and  with 
comparatively  small  antero-posterior  diameter,  approaching  Dinohyus  in. these  char- 
acters, pi  has  a  small  paracone  and  a  very  strong  cinguluin,  which  nearly  surrounds 
the  tooth  ;  the  external  face  is  quite  smooth,  except  the  posterior  and  anterior  angles. 
The  molars  have  distinctly  separated  tubercles  and  rather  broad  or  open  cross- valleys. 
Opposite  the  cross-valley  on  the  internal  faces  of  M^  and  M^  the  heavy  rounded 
cingula,  or  swellings,  which  are  so  i)rominent  in  Dinohijus  hollandi,  are  indicated. 
The  anterior  tubercles  of  M^  are  well  separated,  while  the  posterior  tubercles  are 
fused  and  elevated  posteriorly,  so  as  to  form  a  basin  of  the  cross-valley  ;  the  tooth 
as  a  whole  is  relatively  small  when  compared  with  Dinoliyus. 

The  frontals  are  much  less  inflated  than  in  the  type  of  Dinohyus.  Judging  from 
the  crushed  condition  of  the  skull,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  the  anterior  border  of 
the  orbit  is  opposite  the  posterior  part  of  M^,  or  perhaps  somewhat  further  back. 
The  anterior  border  of  the  posterior  nares  is  opposite  the  posterior  part  of  M-. 
The  dependent  process  of  the  jugal  is  very  broad  and  extends  well  down. 

A  second  specimen  in  the  Yale  Museum,  which  may  be  referred  to  Pelonax 
bathrodon  (No.  10009),  is  a  skull  and  lower  jaws  of  a  rather  young  individual.  This 
has  an  unusual  development  of  the  posterior  basal  tubercles  (hypoconulids)  of  the 
lower  molars.  The  ento-  and  hypoconidsof  My  and  Mt,-  are  also" relatively  high  in 
comparison  with  most  Entelodonts  from  the  Oligocene,  while  those  of  M3  are  low 
as  in  the  type  of  Pelonax  bathrodon  and  the  cross-valley  is  also  broad  in  the  same 
manner. 

Measurements. 

Skull  No.  10008,  Yale  Museum. 

Mm. 

Total  length  of  the  skull  fragment  about 540 

Breadth  of  .skull  at  M^ I44 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  P^ 32 

Transverse  "  "  pa jg 

"Pi 28 

Antero-posterior         "  "  pa 4j  5 

"PA ....'..^.^i  31 

Transverse  "  "  Pt 34 

"Ml ""!''^""!'!!""!'""'  40 

Antero-posterior         "  "Mi 38 

"  "  "  M" 39..5 

Transverse  "  "  M^ 43 

"Ml ' \ 37 

Antero-posterior         "  "  M^ 533 


60 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNE(iIE    MUSEUM 


Pelonax  potens  (Marsh). 

Type  :  Greater  portion  of  left  ramus  and  symphysis. 

Horizon  :  Not  indicated  ;  most  probably  upper  Oligocene. 

Locality  :  Oligocene  of  Colorado. 

Locality  of  Type:  Collection  of  Yale.Museum,  No.  12042. 

The  most  conspicuous  feature  of  this  type  is  the  gi-eat  development  of  the  ante- 
rior dependent  process  of  the  inferior  face  of  the  lower  jaw,  which,  as  in  Pelonax 
ramosum,  gives  to  the  chin  an  unusually  short  and  rather  broad  appearance.  The 
alveolus  for  Vj  indicates  that  the  roots  were  welP''  coalesced  near  the  crown, 
a  character  usually  found  in  types  from  the  upper  Oligocene,  and  which  should  be 
regarded  as  of  subgeneric  value.     The  antero-posterior  diameter  of  Y^  must  have 


Fig.  14.     Type  of /".  poiens  Marsh.     About  J  nat.  size.     (Yale  Museum,  No.  12042. ) 

been  quite  great,  judging  from  the  space  which  the  alveolus  occupies.  The  molars 
indicate  a  smaller  individual  than  Pelonax  hathrodon,  as  stated  by  Marsh  (63,  p. ^410), 
but  possessing  the  same  characters  as  the  latter,  /.  e.,  the  anterior- tubercles  of  the 
molars  are  higher  than  the  posterior,  and  the  latter  separated  from  the  former  by 
broad,  transverse  valleys.  ^Vhen  more  complete  material  from  tlie  Oligocene  of  Col- 
orado is  found,  the  validity  of  the  type  of  Pelonax  potens  will  be  more  satisfactorily 
established. 

"In  Pelonnx  ramosum  Py  and  P.,  are  apparently  single-rooted. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^ 


61 


Subgenus  (?)  BOOCHCERUS  Cope. 
Boochoerus  humerosus  Cope. 

Type:  A  portion  of  a  skeleton  without  the  skull  or  teeth 

Horizon:  (Upper?)  John  Day  For- 
mation. 

Locality  :  John  Day  River,  Oregon. 

Locality  of  Type  :  The  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  Cope  Collection, 
No.  7380. 

The  genus  Bobchwrus  was  proposed  by 
Cope  and  the  type  was  fully  described  in 
1879  (10,  pp.  59-66).  This  John  Day 
form  has  been  regarded  as  belonging  to 
Archxotherium  by  authors  who  have  occa- 
sionally referred  to  it,  and  it  is  even  now 
difficult  to  correctly  place  the  remains 
generically,  as  there  are  unfortunately  no 
remains  of  the  skull  or  teeth  with  the  type. 
The  present  arrangement  must,  therefore, 
be  regarded  as  only  provisional,  pending 
the  discovery  of  more  material  in  the  typi- 
cal locality. 

After  restudying  the  type,  and  after 
comparing  it  with  the  splendid  skeleton  of 
Dinohyus  hollandl  from  the  Agate  Spring 
Fossil  Quarries,  as  well  as  with  the  Prince- 
ton specimen  of  Arclucoilierium  ingens  from 
the  Titanotherium  beds,  which  was  de- 
scribed by  Professor  Scott,  it  appears  that 
there  are  certain  characters  of  generic 
value.  When  the  skeleton  of  Dicodon  is 
thoroughly  known,  Boikhccrus  may  pf)S- 
sibly  have  to  be  referred  to  that  genus. 

Principal  characters  of  Boochosrus  Im- 
merosxis :  On  comparing  BoocJuenis  humeroms  with  I)inohyu.'<  hollandl  it  is  quite  ap- 
parent that  the  humerus  in  the  former  is  relatively  long  and  the  manus'"  broad 

*"  Although  B.  hmnerostis  is  heavier  than  /).  holhindi,  the  feet  of  the  former  are  considerably  shorter  and  broader 
than  in  the  latter. 


Fig.  15.  Front  and  Inside  View  of  Right  Forefoot  of 
Z(.  AmiifrosKS  Cope.  About  J  nat. size.  (Cope  Collection, 
No.  7380.) 


62 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


(21,  p.  168)  and  short  (see  figs.  15  and  16).  The  absence  of  an  articular  facet  for 
rat.  IIP'  on  the  lower  tibial  angle  of  the  cuboid  in  the  John  Day  form  is  also  a 
noticeable  feature.  Boochwrus  hwnerosus  differs  from  Archfvothermm  ingens  by  the 
absence  of  the  trapezium  and  by  the  fact  that  the  unciform  and  magnum  do  not 


Fig.  16.    Lett   Humerus  of  B.  humeroms  Cope. 
About  5  nat.  size.     (Cope  Collection,  No.  7380.) 


Fio.  17.  Eight  Hiud  Foot  of 
B.  humerosus  Cope.  (Cope  Collec- 
tion, No.  7380.)     I  nat.  size. 


touch  one  another  dorsally  when  in  position  in  the  carpus."  From  both  Dinohyus 
hollandi  ond  Archxotherium  ingens  the  John  Day  subgenus  differs  by  a  relatively 
greater  transverse  diameter  of  the  distal  end  of  the  femur. 

Additional  specimens  from  the  John  Day  formation  will  undoubtedly  give  more 
complete  information  regarding  this  proposed  genus.  Cope  states  (10,  p.  60)  that 
the  "  remains  indicate  an  animal  of  the  size  of  the  Rhinoceros  indicus.  The  animal 
is  characterized  by  the  massive  proportions  of  the  humerus  as  compared  with  the 
femur,  and  by  the  short  robust  form  of  the  metapodials." 

''  The  head  of  mt.  Ill  in  the  type  of  Bnockcrrus  is  restored  on  the  fibular  angle,  but  it  was  evidently  the  same  as 
in  Archneoiherinm  ingens,  judging  from  the  absence  of  the  facet  on  the  lower  tibial  angle  of  the  cuboid. 

"^  Cope  says  (21,  p.  171)  that  the  lunar  has  penetrated  so  far  as  to  almost  divide  the  second  row  of  carpals. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDJE 


63 


Genus  D^ODON  Cope. 
A  description  of  this  genus  was  given  by  Professor  ( 'ope  in  a  paper  (9,  p.  15)  read 
before  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  November  15,  1878,  and  published  on 
December  3,  of  the  same  year.     Owing  to  the  very  poor  condition  of  the  type,  Cope 


Fia.  18.     Type  of  Dxodon  shoshonensis  Cope.     About  J  nat.  aize.     Cope  Collection,  No.  7387.     Oblique  View  to  show 

symphysis. 

was  unable  to  give  any  characters,  except  the  absence  of  the  osseous  tuberosities  on 
the  anterior  under  borders  of  the  lower  jaws,  which  differ  from  those  of  the  Ameri- 
can Entelodonts  generally.  Cope  placed  Dscodon  in  the  suborder  Perissodactyla 
and  associated  it  with  Titanothermm  and  Chalicothermm.  The  genus  has  hitherto 
been  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  Perissodactyla  and  Zittel  (99,  p.  304)  referred  to 
it  with  a  misprint  under  the  name  Duledon  in  connection  with  the  .synonymy  of 
Titanothermm. 

The  fortunate  discovery  of  additional  material,  which  undoubtedly  belongs  to 
this  genus,  by  the  California  University  and  published  by  Dr.  W.  J.  Sinclair  (89, 
pp.  132-134),  furnishes  much  welcome  light  on  the  subject,  and  it  now  appears  that 
Dasodon  may  confidently  be  removed  from  the  Perissodactyla  and  placed  in  the 
family  Entelodontidx. 

Principal  Generic  Characters  of  Dxodon  :  Chin  without  knob-like  processes  on 
the  under  border ;  posterior  mandibular  protuberance  small  and  hollow;  a  grad- 
ual backward  slope  of  the  dependent  angle  of  the  lower  jaw;  jugal  process  with  a 
moderate  downward  extension  ;  fibula  not'^'^  coossified  with  the  tibia. 

"  In  a  letter  from  Dr.  E.  L.  Furlong,  of  the  California  University,  Berkeley,  California,  he  assures  me  that  "  there 
is  no  fusion  of  the  shaft  of  the  fibula  with  the  tibia." 


64  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    OARNKOIE    MUSEUM 

Dseodon  shoshonensis  Cope. 

Type  :  Symphysis  of  lower  jaws. 

Horizon  :  (Upper?)  John  Day  Formation. 

Locality  :  Bridge  Creek,  Wasco  County,  Oregon. 

Locality  of  Type:  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  ((-ope  Collec- 
tion, No.  7387). 

The  principal  characteristics  of  the  type  are  the  absence  of  the  osseous  bosses  on 
the  chin  and  the  evenly  rounded  under  surface  of  the  symphysis.  Only  the  roots  of 
the  teeth  are  preserved  iti  the  alveolar  border  of  the  type.  These  show  that  there 
were  three  incisors,  a  canine,  and  two  premolars.  The  roots  of  the  median  pair  of 
incisors  are  laterally  compressed  and  indicate  that  they  were  small  as  in  Dinolvyus 
hollandi.  1^  and  Ig-  were  evidently  much  increased  in  size,  Px  is  close  to  the  canine 
and  Po^  is  separated  from  Py  by  a  short  diastema  as  in  Dinohyus.  Tliat  Professor 
Cope  had  compared  the  type  of  Dxodon  with  ArcJueotherium  is  evident  from  his 
statement  (9,  p.  15)  that  "the  canine  teeth  are  very  robust,  as  in  the  species  of 
Elotherium,"  but  he  associated  Dxodon  with  Chalicotherium  and  Titaiiotherium,  per- 
haps wholly  on  account  of  the  absence  of  the  large  dependent  processes  of  the  chin. 
In  this  connection  I  may  state  that  the  symphysis  of  Moropus  is  much  more  pro- 
cumbent and  is  of  a  decidedly  more  delicate  structvire  than  in  the  type  of  Dxodon. 
No  Titanotheres  have  as  yet  been  found  in  the  John  Day  horizons,  while  Entelo- 
donts  of  the  same  size  are  sometimes  discovered. 

Measurements  of  the  Type  Specimen  of  Dxodon  shoshonensis. 

Mm. 

Greatest  antero-posterior  diameter  of  symphysis  -* 164 

"         transverse  "  "  "  at  Py 144 

Vertical  diameter  of  ramus  at  Pj 100 

Daeodon  calkinsi  (Sinclair). 

Type:  Skull,  several  vertebrte,  and  portions  of  fore  and  hind  limbs. 

Horizon  :  Upper  part  of  the  Prormrycocluvras  beds. 

Locality  :  Bridge  Creek,  Wheeler  County,  Oregon. 

Locality  of  Type :  Paleontological  Collection  of  University  of  California,  No.  953. 

From  the  description  and  figures  of  Dxodon  [Elotherium)  calkinsi  (89,  p.  134, 
PI.  XV)  it  is  quite  evident  that  the  specimen  pertains  to  the  genus  Dxodon  de- 
scribed l)y  Cope  in  1878(7,  p.  15).  Althougli  the  type  of  the  latter  represents  an 
animal  of  considerably  larger  size,  it  agrees  perfectly,  so  far  as  comparison  can  be 
made,  with  the  species  described  by  Sinclair.     The  character  by  which  D.  calkinsi 

"  The  alveolar  border  is  brokeu,  which  naturally  reduces  the  antero-posterior  diameter  to  some  extent. 


PETKRSON  :     A    UKVISION    OF    THE    ENTKL0D0NTI1)/E  05 

is  specifically  to  Ije  separated  from  JJ.  sJio.'ihonensis  is  principally  the  smaller  size,  so 
far  as  can  be  determined  by  comparison  of  the  two.  Sinclair  states  that  the  type  of 
D.  calkinsi  represents  a  very  old  individual  and  that  many  of  the  teeth  are  shed  and 


Flfi.  19.     Outline  of  Illustration  of  Skull  of  D.Todon  calkinsi  (.Sinclair).     ( After  Sinclair. ) 

the  alveoli  closed.  "  P^  .  .  .  resembles  the  smaller  premolars  of  the  upper  series. 
Anterior  and  posterior  cingula  are  well  developed  on  the  lower  molars.  In  Mg  the 
hypoconulid  is  not  differentiated  from  the  posterior  cingulum,  which  projects 
slightly,  forming  a  very  small  heel.  .  .  . 

"The  mandible  is  peculiar  in  the  absence  of  the  knol)-like  Ijosses  on  the  chin 
The  protuberances  beneath  P^  are  small  and  deeply  cupped.  The  dependent  angle 
slopes  gradually  backward  without  the  abrupt  downward  curvature  characterizing 
E.  ingens.  ... 

"The  chief  point  of  specific  value  attaching  to  the  cranium  is  in  the  .shape  and 
direction  of  the  jugal  processes.  These  processes  are  plate-like  with  a  thickened 
median  rib.  The  free  edges,  especially  the  anterior,  are  thin  and  sharp.  The 
processes  are  short,  not  extending  below  the  lower  mandibular  l)order.  The  orbits 
are  posterior  in  po.sition,  their  anterior  borders  lying  above  the  posterior  edge  of  M^'." 

The  unciform  and  tibia  were  kindly  sent  to  the  writer  for  purposes  of  study 
by  Professor  .John  ( '.  Merriam  of  the  University  of  California.  It  is  at  once  notice- 
able that  the  lunar  facet  of  the  unciform  is  more  elevated  than  in  Dinohyus  and 


66  MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

that  the  small  facet  for  the  magnum  on  the  proximo-radial  angle  is  more  nearly 
radially  in  position  as  in  the  Oligocene  genus  Arcliscotherium.  The  unciform  and 
magnum  apparently  articulated  dorsally  as  in  the  latter  genus.  There  are  other- 
wise no  marked  differences  between  these  two  bones  in  Dasodon  a.nd  DinoJnjus. 

Measurements  of  Unciform. 

Mm. 

Greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 43 

"        transverse  "        40 

"         vertical  "        35 

The  tibia  in  general  resembles  that  of  the  Oligocene  type  rather  more  strongly 
than  the  later  Miocene  form.  The  fibula  was  not  coossified  with  the  tibia,  although 
a  rough  border  on  the  fibular  side  of  the  tibia  indicates  that  the  two  l^ones  were  in 
close  proximity  to  each  other.  On  the  anterior  termination  of  the  inturtrochlear 
ridge  of  the  distal  end  of  the  tibia  is  a  facet,  which  indicates  that  upon  extreme  for- 
ward Hexure  of  the  tibia  this  facet  articulated  with  a  corresi)onding  facet  in  the 
large  pit  on  the  anterior  face  of  the  astragalus,  as  in  DinoJiijns.  The  general  features 
of  the  tibia  are  otherwise  quite  similar  to  those  in  the  Entelodonts  generally.  The 
proximal  end  of  the  tibia  is  wanting,  as  is  also  the  external  portion  of  the  distal  end, 

in  the  specimen  here  described. 

Measurements  of  Tibi.a. 

Mm. 

Greatest  lengtli  of  the  fragment 276 

"        transverse  diameter  of  shaft,  medially 40 

"        antero-posterior  diameter  of  shaft,  medially 32 

"  "  "  "         "    distal  end 42 

Genus  DINOHYUS  Peterson. 
(Plates  LV-LXI.) 
In  1905  the  writer  sent  from  the  field  the  original  description  of  this  genus  to 
Dr.  W.  J.  Holland,  Director  of  the  Carnegie  Museum,  who  suggested  the  name 
Dinochwms ;  the  description  was  published  in  Science  (78,  pp.  211-212).  Later 
JMnochwnis  was  found  to  be  preoccupied,  and  a  note  of  correction  by  the  writer 
appeared  the  same  year  in  Science  (79,  p.  719).  The  skull  and  lower  jaws  were 
published  in  1907  (81,  pp.  49-51,  Pis.  XVI-XVII)  and  the  detailed  description  of 
the  skeleton  is  found  on  pages  77  et  seq.  of  this  memoir. 

Dinohyus  hollandi  Peterson. 
Tyj'ie  :  A  nearly  complete  skeleton. 
Horizon  :  Lower  Miocene  (Lower  Harrison  beds). 
Localitij  :  Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarries  (Quarry  No.  1),  Sioux  County,  Nebraska. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF    THE    ENTELODONTIDiE  67 

Locality  of  Type :  The  Carnegie  Museum  (Catalogue  of  Verteljrate  Fossils,  No. 
1594). 

Pnncipal  Generic  Characters  of  J)inohyuf< :  Median  incisor  reduced  and  some- 
times wanting.  Transverse  diameter  of  P-  nearly  equal  to  the  antero-posterior,  Pj 
with  large  deuterocone ;  the  crown  subquadrate  in  outline  and  the  tooth  of  rela- 
tively small  size;  a  tendency  to  increase  tlie  antero-posterior  diameter  of  M-,  and 
the  meta-  and  hypocones  of  relatively  large  size ;  lower  molars  with  subequal 
height  of  posterior  and  anterior  tuljercles  ;  the  tubercles  .separated  by  narrow  cross- 
valleys  ;  the  trigon  lost;  all  the  premolars  spaced  ;  dependent  process  of  the  jugal 
of  proportionally  small  size  and  the  posterior  termination  of  the  zygomatic  process 
developed  into  a  strong  buttress  at  the  anterior  border  of  the  glenoid  cavity  ; 
small  bony  eminences  on  the  chin  and  a  strong  knob-like  process  on  the  inferior 
border  of  the  ramus  opposite  1\  ;  a  relatively  gradual  backward  slope  of  the  angle  ; 
relatively  short  alveolar  border  of  the  premaxillary  and  rather  short  chin  ;  verti- 
cal and  transverse  canals  of  the  dorsal  vertebra;  as  in  Sus;  fibula  coossified  with 
the  tibia  ;  trapezium  absent  and  mt.  V  sometimes  absent. 

Genus  AMMODON  Mar.sh. 

Although  Professor  Cope  (5,  p.  704),  Leidy  (50,  p.  388),  and  Marsh  (57,  p.  3), 
referred  to  the  New  Jersey  specimen,  thei-e  was  no  adequate  description  of  the  type 
until  1893,  when  the  latter  author  gave  a  short  description  together  with  good  illus- 
trations (63,  pp.  409-410). 

Known  Generic  Characters  of  Ammodon  :  P^  of  relatively  large  size  ;  large  hypo- 
conulid  on  M^  ;  anterior  and  posterior  tubercles  of  lower  molars  subequal  in  height ; 
the  loss  of  the  trigon;  cross-valleys  narrow;  type  representing  an  animal  of  large 
size. 

Ammodon  leidy anum  Marsh. 

Type  :  l\  ;  Neotype :  Mg  of  left  •*  side. 

Horizon :  Middle  Miocene  ? 

Locality :  Near  Farmingdale,  Monmouth  County,  New  Jersey. 

Locality  of  Type:  Collection  of  Yale  Museum,  No.  12040. 

From  Marsh's  description  (63,  pp.  409-410)  and  also  from  my  observations 
upon  the  specimen  it  seems  quite  prol)al)le  that  P^  and  Mj  which  Marsh  descriljed 
belong  to  the  same  individual.  Working  on  this  hypothesis  it  would  seem 
that  Pj  is  of  greater  proportionate  diameter  than  in  DiiiohynshoUandi.  The  poste- 
rior heel  of  P^  in  Ammodon  is  also  larger  than  in  Dinohyus,  which  is  due  to  a  heavy 

''Professor  Marsh  mistook  the  left  M^  for  that  of  the  rifjht  siile,  a  mistake  which  might  lead  to  coDfasion. 


68 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


cingulum  surrounding  it  in  the  former  genus,  but  which  is  absent  in  Dinohyus. 
Furthermore,  in  the  type  of  Ammodon  the  crown  is  somewhat  liigher  and  on  the 
posterior   face    there   are    two    mammilated    ridges   of   considerable    prominence 


Fig.  20.  Type  of  Ammodon 'leidy- 
anum  Marsh.  Internal  and  Crown  View 
of  Pj.  5  nat.  size.  (Collection  Yale 
Museum,  No.  12040.) 


Fig.  21.  External  and  Crown  View 
of  Mj  of  i!ieotype ot  Ammodon  kidpanum. 
S  nat.  size.  (Collection  Yale  Museum, 
No.  12040.) 


which  take  their  origin,  one  at  the  postero-internal  angle  and  the  other  at  the 
antero-external  angle  of  the  heel,  and  continue  to  very  near  the  apex  of  the  crown 
(see  fig.  20).  In  Dinohyus  hollandi  there  is  only  a  slightly  uneven  folding  of  the 
otherwise  smooth  enamel  on  the  posterior  face  of  the  protoconid,  and  there  are  no 

decided  ridges.  M-j  of  Ammodon  leidyanum  is  very 
similar  to  that  in  Dinohyus  hollandi.  In  the  for- 
mer the  posterior  heel  (hypoconulid)  is  of  rela- 
tively greater  development  (see  fig.  21)  than  in  the 
latter,  and  the  tooth  has  a  continuous  cingulum  on 
the  antero-external  and  antero-internal  faces,  while 
the  corresponding  tooth  in  Dinohyus  has  the  cingula 
represented  on  the  postero-external,  and  but  veiy 
slightly  on  the  external  and  internal  angles  of  the 
anterior  face.  The  teeth  of  Ammodon  leidyanum  are 
Fig.  22.    External  and  Dorsal  View  of     larger  thaii  those  in  Divohyus  and  represent  an  even 

Fragment  of  Astragalus  of  Ammodon?     J       ^^Ql-e  modified  type  than  the  latter. 

nat.  size.     (Carn.    Mus.  Cat.  Vert.   Foss.,  ttp,  .t.i         ,  <•.<  i         •  ,i 

„    ,,,„  ,  Untortunately  the  type  oi  Ammodon  is  rather 

No.  1548.)  ■'  ■'  ^ 

inadequate  and  con.sequently  the  basis  of  compari- 
son is  very  limited,  but  the  characters  enumerated  above  would  seem  to  indicate  that 
the  geological  horizon  in  which  the  New  Jersey  specimen  was  found,  represents 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^E  69 

deposits  as  late,  or  perhaps  later,  tlian  the  lower  Harrison   Ijeds  of  Nebraska,  in 
which  the  type  of  Uhiohi/iis  was  discovered. 

In  this  connection  it  is  of  interest  to  note  that  a  portion  of  an  astragalus  of  an 
E'idelodont  of  very  large  size  was  found  in  1901  on  the  surface  near  the  top  of  the 
upper  Harrison  beds  in  the  upper  Niobrara  valley.  This  fragment  (No.  1548,  ( 'arn. 
Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  although  considerably  worn  by  the  elements,  plainly  indicates 
characters  that  are  different  from  those  in  the  corresponding  bone  of  Dlnohijiis. 
Not  only  is  the  bone  larger  in  size,  but  its  sustentacular  facet  is  proportionally  of 
greater  vertical  convexity  and  the  distal  portion  of  the  bone  is  produced  anteriorly 
to  a  much  greater  extent  than  in  DinoJijius.  This  peculiar  feature  of  the  astragalus 
under  description  would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  tarsus  of  this  genus  (AmmoJonf) 
had  a  somewhat  different  angle. 

Species  the  Generic  Loc.vpion  of  Which  is  Douhtkul. 

Elotherium  imperator  Leidy. 

T/fpe  :  A  canine,  an  incisor,  and  a  [)ortion  of  the  crown  of  a  premolar  tooth. 

Horizon  :  Middle  John  Day  beds? 

Locality :  Bridge  Creek,  and  John  Day  River,  Oregon. 

Locality  of  Type:  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  ?■'" 

The  first  specimens  of  Entelodonts,  which  Professor  Leidy  reported  from  the 
John  Day  Basin  in  1873  (53,  pp.  217,  320),  are  altogether  indeterminable  generically 
and  specifically  and  consequently  inadequate  as  types.  "  Elotlicrinm  imperator" 
should  therefore  be  regarded  only  as  an  historical  record  of  the  first  report  of  the 
existence  of  Entelodonts  in  the  John   Day  formation. 

Elotherium  superbum  Leidy. 

Tyjje  :  An  incisor  tooth. 

Horizon  :  Miocene  ? 

Locality  :  Douglass  Flat,  Calaveras  County,  ('alifornia. 

Locality  of  Type  :  Unknown  to  the  writer. 

The  type  of  "  Elother'mm  superlmvi''  is  altogether  inadequate,  and  its  geo- 
logical horizon  is  apparently  uncertain.  The  record  (49,  p.  175  ;  50,  p.  388)  of  this 
species  should  be  regarded  as  only  possessing  value  from  the  standpoint  of  history 
and  geographical  distribution. 

™  No  catalog  number  at  this  writing  lias  been  given  to  the  specimens. 


70  memoirs  of  the  carnegie  museum 

The  History  of  the  Discovery  of  the  Agate  Sprinc;  Fossil  Quarries, 
Where  the  Skeleton  of  Dinohyus  Hollandi  was  Found. 

While  engaged  in  field  work  for  the  Carnegie  Museum  on  the  upper  Niobrara 
River,  locally  known  as  Running  Water,  Sioux  County,  Nebraska,  in  1904,  the 
writer  had  often  been  invited  by  Mr.  James  H.  Cook  to  visit  his  ranch,  the  Agate 
Spring  Stock  Farm,  located  on  that  stream,  some  twenty-five  or  thirty  miles  east  of 
the  Nebraska- Wyoming  state  line.  One  day  in  the  latter  part  of  July,  I  decided  to 
l:)reak  camp  and  go  down  the  river  in  search  of  new  localities  for  fossils  and  also  to 
study  the  geological  features  of  the  neighborhood  more  fully.  As  Mr.  Cook's  ranch 
was  on  our  way  down  the  stream,  it  was  decided  to  pay  him  a  visit,  and  accord- 
ingly we  stopped  at  his  ranch.     After  a  camp-ground  had  been  pointed  out  to  me. 


Fig.  23.     Ranch-House  of  Mr.  James  H.  Cook,  Agate  Spring  Stock  Farm.     (From  a  photograph 
by  Mr.  Albert  Thomson.) 

on  top  of  a  high  butte  immediately  to  the  south  of  the  farm  buildings,  and  arrange- 
ments for  wood,  water,  etc.,  had  been  made,  the  preliminary  work  of  prospecting 
the  neighborhood  was  at  once  under  way.  A  day  or  two  later  Mr.  Harold  Cook, 
the  eldest  son  of  Mr.  James  H.  Cook,  accompanied  the  writer  to  a  small  elevation 
some  four  miles  to  the  east  of  the  farm  buildings  and  immediately  beyond  the  east- 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


71 


ern  limits  of  the  land  belonging  to  the  ranch.'-'  The  talus  of  this  low  hill  was  dis- 
covered to  be  filled  with  fragments  of  liones,  and  was  afterwards  designated  as  quarry 
A  (See  fig.  24,  A).     On  our  return  to  the  ranch  1  reported  to  ^Ir.  James  H.  Cook 


Fig.  24.  View  of  the  Buttes  Showins  the  Location  of  tlie  Oiftereut  Quarries.  Xos.  1-3,  Quarries  of  the  Carnegie 
Museum.  AM,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  NU,  University  of  Nebraska.  A,  Quarry  A.  (From  a 
photograph  by  the  writer.) 

that  the  place  which  his  son  had  shown  me  was  of  much  interest  and  importance  to 
me  and  that  I  wished  to  start  the  work  of  excavation  on  the  prospect  immediately. 
This  was  entirely  satisfactory  to  l\Ir.  Cook  and  his  family.  In  fact  there  was  evident 
satisfaction  on  the  part  of  Mr.  Cook  that  I  had  found  something  which  I  regarded  as 
of  interest  and  importance  near  his  farm,  and  I  was  accorded  every  civility,  which 
I  could  possibly  desire.  As  I  wished  to  be  near  my  work,  Ur.  (Jook  invited  me  to 
camp  in  his  "lower  field."  Accordingly  our  first  camp  was  pitched  on  tbe  south 
bank  of  the  stream  close  to  the  hill  and  the  operation  of  excavating  in  quarry  A 
was  begun  during  the  last  few  days  of  July.  We  had  worked  three  or  four  days  in 
this  quarry  when  I  decided  to  visit  the  two  buttes  (since  named  Carnegie  Hill  and 
University  Hill  by  Prof.  E.  H.  Barljour)  which  lie  about  tliree  hundred  yards  to 
the  south  of  the  place  wbere  we  were  working.  One  may  easily  imagine  the  thrill- 
ing excitement  of  a  fossilduinter  when  he  finds  the  talus  of  the  hillsides  positively 
covered  with  complete  bones  and  fragments  of  fossil  remains. 

It  was  with  comparatively  little  effort  that  I  was  able  to  articulate  portions  of 

2'  Mr.  James  H.  Cook  informed  me  that  fall  that  tlie  hills  containing  the  fossils  were  on  his  ground  (80,  p-  487)  ; 
this  statement  was  found  afterward  to  be  founded  upon  an  error,  and  Mr.  Harold  Cook  has  since  (1908)  filed  on  this 
government  land. 


72 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MI^SEUM 


the  feet  of  Diccrathermm.  coolci  and  Moropus  using  the  disassociated  bones  picked  up 
in  great  abundance  in  the  takis.  Here  then  was  a  veritable  wonderland  !  I  sjaent 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  afternoon  before  I  returned  to  where  my  assistants, 
Mr.  T.  F.  Olcott  and  A.  A.  Dodd,  were  at  work.  Tlie  next  day  I  again  returned  to 
the  hills  with  wrapping  paper,  twine,  and  a  sack  in  order  to  pack  and  bring  down 
the  bones  which  I  had  picked  up  the  previous  day  ;  and  also  to  more  fully  ascer- 
tain, if  possible,  the  extent  of  these  deposits.  A  few  days  later  when  I  reported  my 
additional  find  to  Mr.  Cook,  I  learned  that  I  was  perhaps  notlthe  original  discoverer 
of  the  bones  in  these  two  hills,  as  he  told  me  that  he  had  seen  bones  there  as  long 


FlQ.  25.     View  of  Carnegie  Hill  and  University  Hill,  Showing  Quarries  No.  1  and  No.  2  of  the  Carnegie  Museum  on 
Carnegie  Hill,  and  Quarry  of  the  University  of  Nebraska  to  the  left.     (From  a  photograph  by  the  writer.) 

ago  as  1890,  but  always  thought  tlieni  to  be  of  recent  origin.  In  1908  I  was  further 
convinced  that  tlie  bones  in  these  hills  had  been  seen  even  earlier  by  Mr.  Octave 
Harris,28  a  prominent  ranchman  of  the  neighborhood.  To  Mr.  Cook  is,  however, 
due  much  credit,  as  these  deposits  of  bones  would  perhaps  not  have  been  brought  to 
the  attention  of  paleontologists  at  this  time,  had  he  not  invited  me  to  his  ranch. 

In  looking  over  the  whole  situation  it  was  plain  that  the  deposits  required  more 
time  and  assistance  than  I  then  had.  Together  with  this  fact  I  may  mention  that 
I  had  not  been  well  all  that  spring;  in  fact  I  was  obliged  to  leave  the  field  on 
account  of  sickness  about  the  middle  of  August.  I  wish  to  here  acknowledge,  with 
much  appreciation,  the  kind  and  sympathetic  treatment  I  received  from  Mr.  Cook 
and  his  family  during  my  week  of  sickness  at  his  ranch.     Before  leaving  for  the  east 

^■^Mr.  Harris  extended  much  aid  to  our  party  during  our  last  (1908)  season's  work  in  the  quarry,  and  the  interest 
which  he  took  in  our  work  is  heartily  appreciated  and  most  gratefully  acknowledged. 


PETERSON  :     A   REVISION   OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E  73 

I  assured  Mr.  Cook  that  I  would  be  back  the  following  spring  to  systematical  In- 
take up  the  work  in  the  hills,  which  decision  he  assured  me  Avas  in  accord  with 
his  wishes. 

Early  in  the  spring  of  1905  the  writer  accompanied  by  Mr.  T.  F.  Olcott  resumed 
work  in  quarry  No.  1  (see  fig.  25).  Mr.  Cook  impelled  by  curiosity  had  already 
started  in  the  previous  fall  to  excavate  in  quarry  No.  1  (see  Plan  of  Quarry,  PI. 
LIV,  Cook  Excavation),  but  after  earnest  entreaty  by  letter  to  await  the  coming  of 
more  expert  help  desisted  from  his  work.  Many  piles  of  fragments  were  found  on 
the  edge  of  the  opening  which  had  been  dug  out  by  Mr.  Cook.  These  fragments 
were  carefully  gathered  and  packed  before  the  commencement  of  systematic  excava- 
tions. The  work  being  fairly  started,  Mr.  Olcott  was  left  in  charge  of  the  quarry, 
while  I  returned  to  Pittsburgh  in  order  to  attend  to  other  duties  in  the  museum. 
Thus  was  started  one  of  the  most  important  fossil  quarries  ever  found  in  North 
America. 

When  I  again  returned  to  the  field  later  in  the  season,  INIr.  Olcott  was  still 
engaged  in  the  same  hill,  while  Professor  E.  H.  Barbour,  of  the  Nebraska  State  Uni- 
versity, had  been  invited  by  Mr.  (Jook  to  open  a  quarry  in  the  adjoining  hill,  after- 
wards named  by  Professor  Barbour  "The  University  Hill."  Much  material  had 
been  uncovered  in  quarry  No.  1  among  which  the  most  important  were  bones  of 
Moropus,  many  individuals  of  Diceratherium  and  an  unusually  well  preserved,  and 
pretty  nearly  articulated  skeleton  of  a  gigantic  Entelodont  (see  PI.  LIV,  Plan  of 
Quarry,  Blocks  Nos.  61,  86  in  Sect.  4).  The  discovery  of  the  latter  was  a  surprise, 
nothing  having  hitherto  been  found  representing  this  family  in  the  lower  Miocene 
of  Nebraska.  One  hind  limb  and  most  of  the  parts  of  the  skeleton  anterior  to  the 
pelvis  were  recovered.  The  pelvis,  the  lumbar  vertebra},  and  perhaps  also  one  hind 
limb^*  were  unfortunately  dug  out  by  Mr.  Cook  and  those  assisting  him  and  only 
portions  of  four  vertebrae  and  the  pubic  symphysis  of  the  pelvis  were  recovered 
from  the  fragments  left  on  the  edge  of  the  quarry. 

The  skull  was  almost  in  contact  with  the  atlas.  The  cervical  and  dorsal  verte- 
brfe  were  found  in  a  successive  series  back  of  the  skull,  the  dorsals  being  articulated 
by  their  zygapophyses  (see  Plate  LIV,  Sect.  4,  Blocks  61,  72,  86).  The  greater 
number  of  the  ribs  and  the  sternum  were  found  in  close  proximity  in  their  relative 
positions,  while  one  hind  limb  was  found  a  short  distance  from  the  main  portion  of 
the  skeleton.  The  fore  feet  were  scattered.  There  is,  then,  no  doubt  that  the  f(jl- 
lowing  description  of  the  skeleton  is  that  of  one  individual. 

In  addition  to  this  skeleton  thei-e  were  found,  in  Sections  16-21  in  quarry  No. 

"The  head  of  a  femnr,  which  may  or  may  not  pertain  to  this  specimen,  was  found  on  the  damp. 


74 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


1,  opened  in  1908  by  the  writer,  many  other  bones,  fragments,  and  scattei'ed  teeth 
of  Dinohi/us.  Some  of  these  fragments  were  much  worn  by  the  elements  before 
they  were  finally  deposited,  indicating  that  they  were  probably  transported  by  a 


Fig.  26.      At  Work  at  the  North  End  of  Quarry  No.  1.     (From  a  photograph  by  Professor  Barbour. ) 

stream  of  water.     When  this  additional  material  is  used  in  this  paper  its  catalog 
number  is  always  mentioned  in  connection  with  the  description. 

GEOLOGif'AL  Notes. 

The  lower  Miocene  of  western  Nebraska  and  eastern  Wyoming  has  been  sub- 
divided into  four  horizons.  Successively  overlying  the  Oligocene  formation  these 
horizons  are:  (1)  the  Gering  beds;  (2)  the  Monroe  fJreek  beds;  (3)  the  lower 
Harrison  beds ;  (4)  the  upper  Harrison  beds.  The  latter  horizon  is  capped  at 
Spoon  Butte  and  other  higli  elevations  on  the  divide  between  the  Niobrara  and 
Platte  rivers,  by  a  hard  stratum  of  pinkish-gray  sandstone  (81,  p.  23,  fig.  1  ;  72f,  p. 
73).  This  sandstone  is  from  twenty-five  to  fifty  feet  (or  about  seven  to  fifteen 
meters)  thick.  No  fossils  have  been  found  in  this  stratum  on  Spoon  Butte  by  which 
its  relative  age  can  be  determined.  It  is  perhaps  of  considerably  later  origin  than 
the  Harrison  beds,  and  may  even  be  as  late  as  the  Pliocene.  For  convenience  in 
this  connection  these  beds  may  be  called  The  Spoon  BxMe  hcds.^ 

It  also  appears,  judging  from  the  fauna  of  the  upper  Harrison  beds,  that  this 

'"  From  a  recent  publication  by  Dr.  Matthew  (Science,  N.  S.,  Vol.  XXIX,  No.  735,  p.  196,  1909)  it  would  seem 
that  these  beds  may  be  regarded  as  representing  the  Ogallala  formation. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE   ENTEI.ODONTID.K 


75 


horizon  of  the  Miocene  exposed  along  the  upper  Niobrai-a,  should  be  regarded  as 
the  base  of  the  middle  Miocene,  or  a  horizon  filling,  in  part  at  least,  the  hiatus 
between  the  lower  and  the  middle  Miocene.  Places  of  non-conformity  between  the 
upper  and  lower  Harrison  beds  are  frequently  found,  the  first  of  which  observed  by 
theAvriterin  1901  is  situated  immediately  east  of  the  Niobrara-Wyoming  State  line. 

m  Spoon  BuJIe  Beds 

'     ^f  . 
Upper  Harrison  D^ds 

11    200|t. 
Lowtr  Harrison  B«J» 
200|t 

Monrot  Creek  Beds 
300fl 

Gering   BeJs 

aooct 

Oliaocene  Beds 


Fia.   27.     Diagram matio  Section  of  the  Miocene  Beds  in  Western  Nebraska  and  Eastern  Wyoming. 

This  is  in  reality  the  type  locality  of  the  upper  Harrison  beds,  which  were  called 
to  J.  B.  Hatcher's  attention  ])y  the  writer  in  1901.  Hatcher,  then  ( 'urator  of 
Paleontology  of  the  ('arnegie  Museum,  decided  these  beds  to  be  the  "  Nebraska 
beds  "  of  Hcott.  Viewing  these  beds  from  the  standpoint  of  certain  portions  of  the 
fauna  (81,  p.  56)  taken  together  with  lithological  characters,  the  sediment  being 
usually  of  a  darker  color,  it  would  seem  that  a  natural  division  between  the  lower 
and  middle  Miocene  may  be  established  at  the  contact  of  these  two  horizons. 

As  has  been  stated  elsewhere  (80,  p.  487  ;  81,  p.  41)  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil 
Quarries  are  located  in  the  lower  Harrison  beds.  The  origin  of  the  deposit  in  which 
the  fossil  bones  of  these  quarries  are  found  is  most  likely  a  stream  deposit.  In  sup- 
port of  this  view  may  be  cited  the  fact  tbat  the  parting  plane  underneath  the  layer 
carrying  the  Ijones  is  a  few  shades  darker  in  color  than  that  layer  itself,  and  the 


indslone     ab&oluTely 


I  of    |"05SiU 


Fia.  28.    Section  of  Face  of  Quarry  of  University  of  Nebraska  at  tlie  End  of  tlie  Season  of  1908,  showing  channels  in  the 
stratum  supporting  tlie  fossiliferous  layers.     The  Nos.  1-20  indicate  sections  5  ft.  in  length. 

bones  are  often  closely  packed  in  irregular  channels  and  pockets,  which  vary  in 
thickness  from  two  or  three  to  eighteen  or  twenty  inches  (8  to  50  cm.).  The  sur- 
faces of  the  bones  are  sometimes  highly  polished  and  worn,  and  there  are  numerous 


76  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

fragments  of  bones  which  are  worn  down  to  the  shape  of  a  pebble.  These  conditions 
could  have  been  brought  about  in  no  other  way  than  by  the  action  of  water  in 
motion.  There  was  here  most  likely  a  stream  of  considerable  magnitude,  instead 
of  a  lake,  as  was  suggested  by  the  writer  (80,  p.  49).  The  fossil-bearing  bed  has  all 
the  appearance  of  a  stream  the  bottom  of  which  was  covered  by  quick-sands.  In 
the  quarry  located  on  "  University  Hill "  (see  fig.  28)  there  are  distinct  evidences 
of  narrow  and  rather  shallow  channels,  which  were  separated  by  sandbars  of  greater 
or  lesser  dimensions.  The  bone-layer  of  this  quarry  is  thus,  irregularly  separated, 
although  confined  to  one  general  level  throughout  portions  of  the  base  of  the  hill. 

It  seems  reasonable  to  suppose  that  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  Agate 
Spring  Fossil  Quarries  the  ancient  fauna  of  the  region  found  a  favorite  crossing  of 
this  stream.  The  remains  of  the  unfortunate  animals  which  attempted  to  ford  the 
river  under  unfavorable  circumstances  furnish  the  records  which  the  collector  is 
fortunate  in  securing,  and  which  give  a  glimpse  into  the  struggle  for  existence  in 
those  early  times. 

In  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  certain  topographical  features  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarries.  In  this  region  the  general  direction  of 
the  Niobrara  River  is  east  and  west.  Very  often  the  side  canons  of  this  stream  ex- 
tend in  a  direction  contrary  to  that  which  one  would  naturally  expect.  The  draws 
and  canons  on  the  north  side  extend  diagonally  southeastward  and  in  a  perfectly 
natural  direction  towards  the  main  stream,  while  very  often  the  canons  on  the  south 
side  extend  diagonally  northwestward  or  up-stream,  which  is  generally  regarded  as 
a  feature  of  stream  piracy.  This  anomalous  feature  was  quite  perplexing  to  me  for 
some  time,  and  it  was  not  until  I  had  studied  the  character  of  the  sediment  in  con- 
nection with  the  topography  that  any  tangible  explanation  was  reached.  It  is  a 
well-known  fact,  which  has  been  observed  by  Darton,  Hatcher,  Peterson,  and  others, 
that  in  these  Miocene  beds  are  masses  of  pipey  concretions  of  greater  or  less  extent, 
which  always  have  their  long  axes  directed  in  a  nearly  northwest-and-southeast 
direction.  The  canons  to  the  north  of  the  Niobrara  would  have  no  difficulty  in 
cutting  their  way  through  to  the  river  in  a  natural  course,  while  those  on  the  south 
side  of  the  stream  would  sometimes  have  to  accommodate  themselves  to  the  up- 
stream dii-ection  which  is  the  course  of  the  least  resistance  to  the  erosive  elements. 
In  this  way  there  are  developed  sharp  ridges  and  hogbacks,  nearly  always  in  the  north- 
west and  southeasterly  direction  on  either  side  of  the  river.  Chimney-rocks  and 
pillars  of  numerous  shapes  are  seen  along  the  course  of  the  Niobrara  River  for  some 
forty  miles  in  this  general  locality. 

The  entire  Miocene  section,  and  especially  the  lower  Harrison  beds,  are  appa- 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.B 


77 


rently  of  considerably  later  age  than  the  John  Day  formation  in  which  Entelodonts 
have  been  discovered,  judging  from  the  fauna  which  has  been  published  elsewhere 
(81  pp.  34-56).  That  some  genera  of  the  E^itelodoiitidie  continued  to  the  close  of  the 
lower  Miocene  is  now  well  established  ;  indeed  it  would  perhaps  not  be  surprising  to 
find  them  represented  in  the  middle  and  possibly  in  the  upper  INIiocene.  Dinohyics, 
which  was  discovered  in  the  upper  part  of  the  lower  Miocene  beds  (lower  Harrison 
beds),  was  in  all  probability  followed  in  the  Miocene  in  New  Jersey,  by  Arnmodon 
leidyanum.,  which  is  without  much  doubt  a  later  form. 

Detailed  Description  of  Dinohyus  Hollandi  Peterson. 
The  Superior  Dentition. 

(Plates  LVII  and  LVIII.) 

The  median  pair  of  incisors  are  lost  in  the  type,  but  the  alveolus  of  the  right 
side  is  complete,  and  indicates  a  proportionally  small  tooth.''"''  I^  is  present  and  is 
much  worn  on  the  apex  and  the  internal  face  ;  the  tooth 
has  a  crowded  position,  and  its  antero-posterior  diameter 
is  greater  than  the  transverse.  P-  is  the  largest  of  the 
incisors  and  is  about  twice  the  size  of  I-  ;  it  has  received 
much  wear  on  the  postero-lateral  angle  from  contact  with 
the  inferior  canine,  and  the  apex  is  also  much  worn.  The 
antero-posterior  diameter  of  this  tooth  is,  as  in  its  prede- 
cessor, the  greatest.  All  the  incisors  are  more  crowded 
than  in  the  Oligocene  forms  generally.  It  is  also  notice- 
able that  the  transverse  groove  immediately  above  the 
enamel  band,  which  Professor  Scott  refers  to  (87,  p.  274), 
is  very  well  developed  in  the  type,  and  could  not  have 
been  caused  by  the  wear  of  the  lower  teeth. 

As  in  other  forms  of  the  family,  the  canine  tooth  is 
very  large,  recurved,  and  has  an  enormous  fang.  In  the 
present  specimen  the  apex  of  the  tooth  has  received  con- 
siderable wear  as  has  also  the  antero-internal  face.  There 
is  a  light  cingulum  on  the  posterior  face,  but  externally  the  enamel  is  smooth. 

The  first,  second,  and  third  superior  premolars  in  Dinohijas  are  in  general  quite 
similar  in  shape  to  the  corresponding  teeth  in  Entelodon  magnum  of  Europe.     They 

™'' a  premaxillary  bone  (No.  2145,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  in  the  collection  from  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil 
Qaarries,  (Quar.  No.  1,  Sect.  19),  which  is  here  referred  to  Dinohym,  has  only  two  alveoli,  the  median  incisor  having 
dropped  out  and  the  alveolae  closed. 


Fia.  29.  Obliqae  Side  Views  of 
Premaxillary  Bone  of  D.  hollandi 
Peterson.  (Carn.  Mas.  Cat.  Vert. 
Fobs.,  No.  2145.) 


78 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


are,  however,  relativelj^  small,  P-  especially  so,  and  the  whole  series  is  more  spaced, 
while  in  the  latter  genus  the  second  premolar  forms  a^losed  continuous  series  with 
the  posterior  teeth,  and  P-  only  is  widely  separated  hy  a  diastema.  In  Dinoln/us 
F-  and  P-  are  widely  separated  and  P-  and  P-  are  separated  only  by  a  very  short 
diastema.     Back  of  P-  the  dentition  forms  a  continuous  closed  series. 

pi  is  of  relatively  large  size  with  a  simple  crown,  the  apex  of  which  is  placed 
well  forward  the  cingulum  is  quite  heavy  on  the  antero-internal  angle  and  the 


Fig.  30.     Upper  Right  Canine  of  Type  of  Diiiohytts  hoHandi  Peterson.     ^  nat.  size. 

1594. ) 


(Cam.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss. ,  No. 


heel  slopes  rapidly  behind.  P^  is  of  about  the  same  size  and  shape  as  V-,  except  that 
the  antero-internal  cingulum  is  slightly  more  develojDed  and  extends  further  toward 
the  external  face  of  the  tooth.  The  enamel  of  this  tooth  is  less  crinkled  than  that 
of  pi.  P-  has  a  relatively  smaller  antero-posterior  and  a  greater  transverse  diam- 
eter   than    in    the  Oligocene  forms.      This  transverse  enlargement  of  the  tooth 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTEI.OPONTID.T;  79 

causes  a  characteristic  trihedral  cross-section,  which  is  very  much  less  apparent  in 
the  forms  from  the  Oligocene.  Tlie  tooth  is  slightly  larger  than  P^.  The  entire 
crown  is  practically  taken  up  by  the  large  protocone.  The  cingulum  has  developed 
into  a  narrow  shelf  on  the  antero-internal  angle  and  continues  in  a  mucli  less  con- 
spicuous manner  on  the  internal  lace,  terminating  in  the  heavy  cingulum  posteriorly. 
I'i  has  no  cingulum  externally,  which  is  also  true  of  all  the  other  premolars,  and 
its  transverse  is  slightly  greater  than  its  antero-posterior  diameter.  The  tooth  has 
a  proto-  and  a  deuterocone.  The  latter  is  relatively  more  developed  than  in  Eiitelo- 
don.  There  is  a  heavy  cingulum  posteriorly  and  on  the  antero-external  angle  a 
prominent  basal  lieel  is  developed,  l>ut  there  are  no  external  or  internal  cingula. 

The  molars  of  D'moliym  are  more  specialized  than  those  of  ArcJurofherinm,  as 
is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  tubercles  of  the  crowns  are  more  depressed  and  consoli- 
dated, and  the  posterior  portion  of  M^  is  relatively  more  developed  than  in  the 
Oligocene  genus.  The  crown  of  M^  in  the  type  specimen  is  much  worn,  so  that  it 
shows  two  large  and  irregular  tracts  with  tlie  bottom  of  the  cross-valley  extending 
beyond  the  triturating  surface,  especially  on  the  inner  portion  of  the  tooth.  There 
are  heavy  cingula  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  and  a  less  developed  cingulum  exter- 
nally, while  internally  the  tooth  is  smooth.  M^  is  the  largest  of  the  series ;  the 
principal  difference  Ijetween  it  and  the  corresponding  tooth  in  the  Oligocene  forms 
(especially  those  from  the  lower  Oligocene)  is  revealed  in  the  interruption  of  the 
internal  exit  of  the  cross-valley  by  a  heavy  rounded  ridge  (see  PI.  LVIII,  fig.  1) 
which  was  undoubtedly  developed  from  the  cingulum.  The  anterior  border  is 
entirely  surrounded  by  a  heavy  cingulum,  as  is  also  the  postero-external  angle,  while 
on  the  external  face  immediately  back  of  the  exit  of  tlie  cross-valley  thei-e  is  very 
slight  indication  of  a  cingulum.  The  posterior  portion  of  M^  is  composed  of  (1) 
metacone,  (2)  hypocone,  and  (3)  metaconule  ;  the  first  is  of  much  larger  size  than  the 
second,  and  the  third  is  very  inconspicuous,  in  fact  it  is  entirely  absent  on  the  corre- 
sponding molar  of  the  right  side  of  the  type  specimen.  The  cross-valley  of  M^  is 
interrupted  in  the  same  manner  as  is  the  case  in  the  preceding  tooth,  and  in  addition 
this  tooth  has  a  mammillary  cingulum  which  to  some  extent  also  closes  up  the 
external  exit  of  the  cross-valley.  This  cross-valley  is  not  closed  up  in  the  speci- 
mens of  Archifothermm  known  to  me  from  the  lower  Oligocene.  There  is  in  the 
present  type  a  heavy  anterior  cingulum  on  M^,  but  no  posterior  cingulum  ;  the 
back  part  of  the  tooth  having  played  a  more  important  part  in  the  make-up  of  the 
ci'own  in  tliis  genus  than  is  seen  in  older  types. 

The  antero-external  tubercle  of  the  last  upper  molar  in  Mntelodon  magnum  has 
reached  a  greater  development  than  in  Archxolhci-inin  and  in  this  respect  is  more 


80  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

nearly  like  what  is  seen  in  Dinohi/us.     The  posterior  portion  of  this  tooth  in  the 

latter  genus  is  not  unlike  that  of  the  European  form,  and  shows  a  more  advanced 

development  than  in  Archieotheriuvi.     Altogether  in  Archxotherium  the  crowns  of  the 

molars  are  somewhat  lower,  the  apices  of  the  different  points  of  the  grinding  surface 

are  less  united,  and    the  teeth  as  a  whole  are  less  modified  than  in   Enfelodon 

magmim  and  Dinohyus  hoUandi. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 
Length  of  alveolar  border  of  iiiaxillary  and  premaxillary 465 

Distance  from  median  incisor  to  Mi 330 

Length  of  molar  series 132 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  I^ 28 

Transverse  "         "    I^ 24 

"  "         "    I» 41 

Antero-posterior  "         "    I- 35 

"  "         "    canine  at  base 50 

Transverse  "         "          "      "     "  53 

Antero-posterior  "         "  Pi 39 

Transverse  "         "  pi 22 

Antero-posterior  "         "  P^ 38 

Transverse  "         "  PS 22 

Antero-posterior  "         "  F- 42 

Transverse  "         "  P^ 33 

Antero-posterior  "         "  PA 37 

Transverse  ''         '•  Pi.... 40 

Antero-posterior  "         "  Mi 42 

Transverse  "         "  M'  44 

Antero-posterior  "         "  M^ , 45 

Transverse  "         "  M* 48 

Antero-posterior  "         "  M^- 45 

Transverse  "         "  M^ 47 

The  Inferior  Dentition. 

(Plate  LVIII.) 
The  incisors  are  much  worn,  but  their  outlines  present  more  obtusely  pointed 
crowns  than  in  the  older  forms  and  the  median  pair  is  proportionately  smaller,  so 
that  the  gradual  enlargement  from  ly  to  I3  is  in  about  the  same  proportion  as  in 
the  superior  series.  The  teeth  are  crowded  and  occupy  a  more  nearly  transverse 
position  in  the  front  of  the  jaws  than  is  seen  in  the  Oligocene  forms  generally.  The 
crown  of  ly  is  much  worn  ;  and  its  antero-posterior  exceeds  its  transverse  diameter, 
so  that  it  is  oval  in  cross-section.  lo  is  about  twice  the  size  of  the  median  incisor 
and  is  also  oval  in  cross-section,  its  antero-posterior  being  greater  than  its  transverse 


PKTERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    KNTELODONTID.K  81 

diameter.  There  is  a  heavy  cinguluin  oii  the  posterior  face  which  extends  half  way 
around  the  base  of  the  lingual  side.  I  a  is  nearly  twice  as  large  as  the  tooth  just 
described,  but  otherwise  the  two  are  quite  similar.  On  the  external  faces  of  I2  and 
I3  are  deep  grooves  across  the  faces,  just  below  the  enamel  band,  which  were  not 
caused  by  the  wear  of  the  upper  teeth.  Inasmuch  as  the  canines  of  both  sides  have 
a  similar  and  much  greater  worn  area  externally,  which  could  not  have  been  reached 
by  any  of  the  upper  teeth,  it  further  supports  the  contention  of  Professor  W.  B.  Scott 
and  C.  F.  Brackett,  that  these  animals  used  the  lower  tusks  in  digging  in  the  ground 
for  roots  (87,  footnote,  p.  275).  They  may  also  have  l)een  used  for  stripping  off  the 
foliage  of  shrubbery.  There  is  a  slightly  developed  cingulum  on  the  posterior  face 
of  the  canine,  otherwise  the  enamel  is  quite  smooth.  The  crown  is  higher  and  more 
pointed  than  that  of  the  upper  canine,  but  in  general  appearance  and  size  it  differs 
little  from  that  tooth. ^' 

Py  is  separated  from  the  canine  by  a  short  diastema  ;  the  tooth  is  implanted  in 
the  jaw  by  two  strong  fangs  which  coalesce  for  some  distance  below  the  crown.  The 
latter  is  simple  aixl  is  rather  low  when  compared  with  that  of  Archxotheriam.  On 
the  internal  face  the  enamel  is  crinkled,  but  externally  the  tooth  is  quite  smooth. 
Posteriorly  there  is  a  heavy  cingulum  and  anteriorly  there  is  a  prominent  oblique 
ridge,  which  originates  at  the  antero-internal  angle  and  continues  outward  and 
upward  to  the  apex,  constantly  diminishing  in  prominence  in  its  upward  course. 
The  apex  of  the  crown  in  the  type  is  considerably  worn,  but  it  is  quite  easy  to  ascer- 
tain its  contour  which  was  very  much  more  obtuse  than  in  Archieotherium.  There 
is  a  considerable  diastema  between  Py  and  l\.  The  latter  is  also  implanted  with 
two  roots  which  are,  however,  more  divergent  and  do  not  coalesce  below  the  crown 
as  in  1\.  The  crown  of  P^  is  of  about  the  same  size  as  the  crown  of  the  preceding 
tooth,  but  its  apex  is  less  worn  and  there  is  a  mammillated  ridge  on  the  anterior  and 
posterior  faces  of  the  protoconid.  There  are  prominent  anterior  and  posterior 
cingula-and  the  enamel  on  the  internal  face  is  thrown  into  light  folds,  while  the 
buccal  face  of  the  tooth  is  smooth.  P3  is,  as  usual,  the  largest  in  the  series ;  it  is 
not  crowded  in  the  alveolar  border,  but  is  separated  from  r^  by  a  very  short  dia- 
stema. The  apex  of  the  crown  is  next  highest  to  that  of  the  canine  and  in  general 
form  it  is  not  unlike  that  of  P2.  P4  has  a  heavy  heel  which  agrees  in  general  with 
Py  in  Entelodon  magnum.  Altogether  Py  of  the  present  genus  presents  a  different 
outline  from  that  of  the  corresponding  tooth  in  the  earlier  genera,  which  fact  is 
wholly  due  to  the  increased  transverse  diameter  of  the  tooth  posteriorly. 

'"  The  left  lower  canine  is  disproportionately  short  and  stubby  and  was  evidently  broken  oS  at  the  apex  dnriug 
the  life  of  the  animal. 


OZ  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

The  inferior  premolars  of  Entclodon  are  relatively  large,  more  regular  in  size, 
and  Pg-  and  P^  are  entirely  surrounded  bycingula  ;  while  in  DinoJiyus  the  premolar 
teeth  as  a  whole  are  smaller,  P3  being  conspicuously  the  larger  of  the  series  and  P3 
and  P^  have  the  cingula  less  strongly  developed. 

The  molar  series  in  Dhiohyus  is  very  crowded  and  occupies  less  than  one  half 
of  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  alveolar  border.  As  in  other  allied  genera, 
the  molars  are  of  relatively  small  size  in  comparison  with  the  jaw  and  they  increase 


Fig.  31.     Crown  View  of  Inferior  Dentition,  Left  Side.     Type  specimen  of  Dinokyus  Iwlhindi  Peterson,     i  nat.  size. 
(Cam.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.,  No.  1594.) 

in  size  jDOsteriorly.  My  is  consideraljly  worn  in  the  type,  so  that  the  quadrituber- 
cular  pattern  is  converted  into  two  heavy  transverse  tracts  having  irregular  outlines 
and  with  only  a  remnant  of  the  cross-valley  on  the  inner  half  of  the  tooth.  On  the 
antero-internal  angle  the  cingulum  is  developed  into  a  small  basal  tubercle.  Oppo- 
site the  cross-valley  there  are  short  and  smoothly  rounded  cingula  externally  and 
internally.  On  the  postero-external  angle  is  a  cingulum,  which  is  continuous  with 
a  similar  short  cingulum  on  Mg.  The  posterior  face  of  the  tooth  is  closely  crowded 
against  the  anterior  face  of  Mj. 

In  the  type  the  quadritubercular  pattern  of  Mj  is  plainer  than  is  the  case  in 
the  tooth  just  described,  but  trituration  has  already  caused  the  appearance  of  the 
solid  cross-crests ;  the  anterior  being  slightly  more  elevated  than  the  posterior.  An- 
teriorly there  is  a  deep,  narrow  fissure,  which  is  caused  by  projecting  horns  from  the 
proto-  and  metaconids.  On  the  external  face  the  cingulum  extends  from  the 
postero-external  l)ase  of  the  protoconid  and  continues  around  the  hypocon"id,  termi- 
nating in  the  posterior  basal  heel.'"  There  is  no  cingulum  on  the  external  face  of 
the  protoconid,  nor  on  the  internal  face  of  the  inferior  molars. 

The  proto-  and  metaconids  of  M^  are  very  little  worn,  so  that  the  separation  is 
still  present,  but  it  is  reduced  to  a  very  narrow  and  shallow  fissure  on  account  of  the 

'^In  ray  preliminary  notes  on  (Dinochmrus)  Dhiohyus  hoUandi,  Science,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  212,  1905,  1  made  the  state- 
ment that  "There  is  no  cingulum  on  the  inferior  molars,"  which  is  incorrect. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDiE  83 

transverse  development  of  the  tubercles.  The  fissure  which  corresponds  to  that  de- 
scribed on  the  anterior  face  of  M^^  is  present  on  M^  l)ut  is  entirely  closed  in  by  the 
lateral  horns  of  the  proto-  and  metaconids.  There  are  slight  cingula  on  the  antero- 
external  angles  and  the  external  face  of  the  hypoconid  is  surrounded  by  a  heavy 
mamniiHated  cingulum.  Posteriorly  there  is  a  heavy  basal  ledge  and  a  minute 
hypoconulid  which  is  located  at  the  base  (posteriorly),  between  the  hypo-  and  ento- 
conids.  One  of  the  more  significant  characters  of  the  lower  dentition  is  seen  in  the 
relatively  greater  development  of  the  hypo-  and  entoconids,  which  causes  the  nar- 
rowing of  the  cross-valley  between  the  latter  and  the  anterior  tubercles. 

There  were  found  in  quarry  No.  ],  the  third  lower  molars  of  the  right  and  the 
left  rami  (Vert.  Foss.,  1835  ;  2114),  which  differ  from  Mg  in  the  type  of  IHnohi/tis, 
by  having  the  hypoconulid  well  developed.  The  cross-valley  Ijetween  the  anterior 
and  posterior  tubercles  is  also  interrupted  externally  l)y  a  heavy  cingulum.  The 
postero-external  face  of  these  teeth  are  otherwise  quite  smooth,  while  in  Divohi/iis 
h)Uandi,  there  is  a  continuous  cingulum  from  the  cross-valley  to  the  posterior  face 
of  the  hypoconid.  These  teeth  may  possibly  represent  another  genus,  but  are  in- 
adequate as  types. 

The  molars  of  Entehdon  differ  from  those  of  Dmolujus  in  having  the  postero- 
internal cusp  (entoconid),  especially  on  Mo  and  M3  much  less  developed.  The 
ledge  produced  by  the  cingulum  on  the  posterior  margin  of  the  crown,  which  is  so 
prominent  in  Dinohifus,  is  only  very  slightly  represented  in  Entelodon.  The  cingula 
are  also  better  represented  on  the  molars  of  Entelodon  than  in  those  of  the  American 
genus.  The  most  important  feature  of  the  lower  dentition  is  seen  in  the  greater 
development  of  the  posterior  portion  of  the  crown  of  M^  in  Dinohi/us  than  in 
Entelodon  which  in  the  former  is  distinctly  more  specialized  than  in  the  latter  genus. 
This  same  feature  of  M  ^^  is  also  observed  on  comparing  I)ivohi/t(s  with  ArcJueotherinm. 

Measurements. 

Hm. 

Length  of  inferior  dentition 465 

"        from  median  incisor  to  M, 325 

"      of  molar  serie.s  137 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  ly 16 

Transverse                  "           "  ly 12 

Antero-posterior        "           "  Ij 25 

Transverse                  "           "  Ij 19 

Antero-posterior        "           "  I5  at  the  hase  of  crown  34 

Transverse                 "           "  Ij       "             "           "     27 

Antero-posterior       "    ofcanine    "            "           "     48 

Transverse                 "          "             "             "           "     45 


84  MEMOIRS   OP   THE   CARNEGIE   MUSEUM 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  Py  at  the  base  of  crown 38 

Transverse  "  "  Py  "  "  "     21 

Antero-posterior  "  "  P^  "  "  "     40 

Transverse  "  "  P^f  "  "  "       21 

Antero-posterior  "  "  P7  "  "  "     54 

Transverse  "  "  P^  "  "  "     28 

Antero-posterior  "  "  Pj  "  "  "     45 

Transverse  "  "  Pj  "  "  "     • 28 

Antero-posterior  "  "  My     "  "  "     42 

Transverse  "  "My  "  "  " 34 

Antero-posterior  "  "  M^  "  "  "     47 

Transverse  "  "  M^  "  "  "     40 

Antero-posterior  "  "  M^  "  "  "     50 

Transverse  "  "  Mj  "  "  "     39 

The  Milk   Dentition. 

(Plate  LIX.) 

In  section  12,  block  66  (see  Plan  of  Quarry,  PI.  LIV),  were  found  the  remains 
(No.  2137,  Carn.  Mus.  C'at.  Vert.  Foss.)  of  the  skull,  and  close  by  in  another  block, 
a  portion  of  the  lower  jaw  of  a  young  individual,  with  the  dentition  partly  in 
place.  An  incisor  is  represented  only  by  the  crown  ;  the  tooth  being  too  young  for 
the  formation  of  a  fang.  This  incisor  is  pressed  by  the  matrix  close  to  the  canine 
and  has  a  simple  conical  crown  slightly  crinkled  at  the  base  and  it  is  very  thinly 
covered  by  enamel.  The  only  noticeable  difference  between  this  tooth  and  more 
adult  forms  of  the  canine  is  its  strongly  serrated  anterior  and  posterior  ridges  and 
the  crinkled  enamel.  By  excavating  the  alveolar  border  at  the  antero-internal 
angle  of  the  deciduous  canine  the  crown  of  the  permanent  canine  was  found. 

.The  point  of  the  crown  of  the  permanent  P-  appears  in  the  circular  alveolus 
immediately  back  of  the  canine.  It  is  thus  seen  that  the  temporary  P^  had  a  single 
fang  and  was  crowded  out  quite  early.  Professor  Scott  has  also  (87,  p.  276)  pointed 
out  a  similar  occurrence  observed  by  him  in  a  young  specimen  ot  Archxotlwriwn 
which  would  tend  to  firmly  establish  the  fact  that  there  are  four  deciduous  premolars 
in  the  upper  jaw  of  at  least  two  genera  of  this  family.  Deciduous  P-  of  the  specimen 
under  description  is  represented  only  by  the  alveolus,  while  the  deciduous  P^  is  in 
position  in  the  right  maxillary  and  Pi  again  represented  by  alveoli.  In  the  left 
jaw  temporary  P*  has  been  placed  in  position.  Deciduous  P- of  this  specimen  has 
two  large  cusps  and  two  smaller  tubercles.  The  anterior  cusp  (protocone)  is  a 
bluntly  pointed  pyramid  which  occupies  the  anterior  half  of  the  crown,  while  the 
postero-internal  cusp  (tetartocone)  is  smaller,  and  is  confined  to  about  one  quarter 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.'E 


85 


Fio.  32.  Sup- 
posed Deciduous 
Upper  First  Pre- 
molar. Nat.  size. 
(Cam.  Mus.  Cat. 
Vert.  Foss.,  No. 
2P27.) 


of  the  tooth  at  its  postero-internal  portion.  The  two  small  cusps  are  nearly  on  a 
direct  transverse  line  and  immediately  external  to  the  tetartocone.  Anteriorly  and 
posteriorly  there  are  very  heavy  cingula  ;  externally  and  internally  the  cingulum  is 
only  moderately  developed.  The  deciduous  P^  Avas  found  quite  close 
to  its  position  and  there  is  comparatively  little,  or  no  doubt,  that  this 
tooth  belongs  with  this  specimen.  The  tooth  is  molariform,  as  in  the 
Oligocene  genus  (87,  p.  287).  It  is  strikingly  similar  to  M^  of  the 
permanent  series,  but  has  the  antero-external  portion  of  the  cingulum 
developed  into  a  more  decided  cusp.**  Anteriorly  there  are  three 
cusps  on  the  crown  :  one  internal,  one  external,  and  one  directly  an- 
terior. The  two  former  are  of  equal  size,  while  the  latter  is  quite 
small  and  occupies  the  anterior  exit  of  the  longitudinal  valley.  Pos- 
teriorly there  are  two  subequal  cusps  which  are  separated  from  the 
anterior  cusps  by  a  deep  cross-valley.  The  tooth  is  nearly  surrounded 
by  a  cingulum. 

The  chief  feature  of  the  maxillary  bone  is  its  comparatively 
short  antero-posterior  diameter.  The  premolar  series  is  set  closer  to- 
gether in  the  alveolar  border  than  is  the  case  in  the  adult ;  the  preor- 
bital  foramen,  however,  seems  to  occupy  the  same  relative  position  as 
in  the  latter.     The  palatine  plate  is  quite  thick,  but  its  transverse  diameter  is  small. 

The  milk  dentition  of  the  lower  jaw  is  represented  only  by  the  last  molar  (No. 
2137A,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.).  The  crown  of  this  tooth  is  composed  as  usual 
of  three  transverse  pairs  of  cusps  and  a  small  talon  developed  by  the  cingulum  on 
the  posterior  face.  The  tooth  is  very  long  and  narrow  with  broad  transverse  valleys 
separating  each  pair  of  tubercles,  while  the  longitudinal  valley  is  much  less  distinct. 
The  crown  is  supported  by  two  strong  fangs  which  are  bifurcated  near  their  lower 
extremities.  The  posterior  portion  of  a  lower  jaw  (No.  2137A,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat. 
Vert.  Foss.)  was  found  near  the  tooth  described  above  and  undoubtedly  belongs  to 
it.  In  this  mandibular  fragment  the  posterior  alveolus  for  dPf  is  still  preserved, 
and  into  this  the  tooth  referred  to  fits  quite  perfectly  and  is  regarded  by  the  writer 
as  belonging  to  the  same  individual  (see  PI.  LIX,  fig.  3).  When  the  jaw  is  exca- 
vated from  the  inner  side  back  of  the  last  milk-molar  there  is  seen  the  complete 
crown  of  My,  and  only  the  anterior  portion  of  M...  The  crown  of  My  is  directed 
upward  in  the  usual  way,  while  that  of  M.j  is  directly  inward,  and  would  have  to 
rotate  outward  and  upward  in  order  to  erupt  through  the  alveolar  border  in  the 
usual  manner.     As  is  seen  from   the  illustration  (I'l.  LIX,  fig.  3)  the  two  anterior 

»  Professor  Scott  evidently  mistook  the  anterior  part  of  the  tooth  he  described  for  Ihe  posterior  portion  ( /.  c,  p.  276) 


86  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

cusps  of  Mt7  are  well  united  and  apparently  not  developed  independently,  as  in 
young  titanotheres.^^  The  posterior  portion  of  My  is  not  represented  at  all,  as  the 
tooth  is  too  young. 

The  jaw  fragment  was  somewhat  worn  by  the  elements  before  it  was  finally 
imbedded  in  the  bone-bearing  layer  of  the  quarry.  The  coronoid  process  is,  how- 
ever, complete,  and  is  low  and  broad  antero-posteriorly.  The  condyle  is  on  a  hori- 
zontal line  with  the  alveolar  Ijorder  and  the  angle  is  seen  to  project  quite  strongly 
downward  below  the  ventral  border  of  the  jaw.  The  dental  foramen  is  very  large 
and  is  situated  immediately  in  front  of,  and  below,  the  condyle.  The  temporal  fossa 
is  high  and  very  shallow. 

An  isolated  upper  tooth,  which  was  found  in  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarries 
(Quarry  No.  1)  by  Mr.  Harold  J.  Cook  and  presented  to  the  writer  for  publication, 
appears  to  be  a  deciduous  upper  premolar  (dP^-)  of  the  right  side  (fig.  33).     This 
tooth  is  surprisingly  similar  to  an  upper  tooth  of  a  cai'- 
nivore  (canid)  and  was  so  regarded  by  the  writer  for  some 
time.     Dr.  W.  D.  Matthew  kindly  made  a  systematic 
comparison  with  the  material  in  the  large  collection  of 
the  American  Museum  and  suggested  that  it  was  per- 
haps a  deciduous  tooth  of  an  Entelodont.     The  addi- 
tional material  secured  in  the  Agate  Spring  Quarries 
Fig.  33.  Crown  View  of  Deciduous     (i^j-ji^g  ^1,^  ggason  of  1908  enables  US  to  correctly  deter- 

P' hetiSiAe,  Dhwhyusfiollandi.    Nat-  t     •  i 

8i^e.  (Harold cook'8 Collection.)  ^ine  this  tooth  and  it  is  here  illustrated  in  order  to 
assist  the  student.  The  chief  peculiarity  of  this  tooth  is 
that  instead  of  having  three  cusps  on  the  posterior  portion  of  the  crown,  as  the  tooth 
described  above,  it  has  only  two,  and  in  this  respect  agrees  better  with  the  tooth  of 
Archseotherium  described  by  Scott  (87,  p.  276).  The  portion  of  the  posterior  root 
which  remains  unbroken  is  abruptly  pointed  and  short,  having  characters  one 
would  expect  to  find  in  a  milk-tooth. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Great  diameter  of  the  crown 43 

Diameter  across  the  paired  tubercles 27 

The  Skull. 
(Plates  LV-LVIII.) 
The  orbits  in  the  cranium  of  Dinohyus  are  so  placed  that  the  eye  looked  directly 
forward  in  an  unusual  manner  (see  Plates  LVI,  LX,  and  LXI).     The  eye  is  located 

"Hatcher,  Annals  Carnegie  Mnsenm,  Vol.  1,  pp.  260-261,  1901. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTKLODONTIDK  87 

well  back  in  the  skull,  the  face  is  very  long,  and  the  brain-case  short.  Tliere  is  a 
well  developed  sagittal  crest,  and  an  overhanging  occiput.''"''  The  descending  broad 
and  thin  plate  below  the  orbit  is  quite  small  when  compared  with  some  Oligocene 
species,  and  the  zygomatic  process  of  the  jugal  terminates  in  a  heavy  Ijuttress,  which 
forms  the  anterior  border  of  the  glenoid  cavity.  Tiie  comparatively  gentle  down- 
ward sweep  of  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw  and  the  relatively  small  process  on  the 
ventral  border  of  the  chin  are  other  features  of  importance. 

The  base  of  the  skull  has  received  considerable  injury  by  crushing,  and  the 
sutures  are  entirely  closed,  but  the  character  of  the  different  bones  are  generally  simi- 
lar to,  and  agree  quite  closely  with,  the  descriptions  of  those  of  the  American  Entelo- 
donts  given  by  Professors  Leidy  (44,  pp.  57-67),  Scott  (87,  pp.  278-287),  and  others. 
The  basioccipital  is  short,  slightly  keeled  ventrally,  and  hasai'ough  area  at  its  junc- 
tion with  the  basisphenoid.  The  condylar  foramen  is  of  considerable  size,  and,  as 
in  A.  mortoni,  is  placed  some  distance  in  front  of  the  condyle.  The  exoccipital  has 
a  great  transverse  diameter  at  the  base  of  the  occiput  and  narrows  rapidly  superiorly. 
The  condyles  are  well  separated  by  broad  notches  superiorly  and  inferiorly,  and  their 
transverse  diameters  are  a  little  less  than  three-fifths  greater  than  the  vertical,  which 
agrees  better  with  the  American  species  than  with  Entdodon  magnum  oi  Europe. 
The  foramen  magnum  is  transversely  oblong  in  a  greater  degree  than  is  the  case  in 
the  Princeton  specimen,  but  this  may  in  part  be  due  to  crushing.  The  paroccipital 
process  is  quite  heavy,  trihedral  in  cross-section,  and  terminates  in  a  truncated  and 
rugose  free  end  ;  its  position  is  similar  to  that  in  Archicotherium  mortoni  figured  V»y 
Professor  Scott  (87,  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  2),  but  apparently  relatively  shorter. 

The  stylomastoid  foi-amen  and  the  pit  for  the  tympano-hyal  occupy  apparently 
the  same  relative  positions  as  in  the  Oligocene  genus  (see  PI.  LVII),  /.  e.,  anterior 
and  external  to  the  condylar  foramen.  The  superior  wing-like  processes  of  the 
supra-occipital  are  crushed  laterally,  but  I  judge  that  in  their  normal  condition  they 
assume  characters  similar  to  the  American  forms  generally.  The  basisphenoid,  as  in 
Archicothertum  ingeiis,  is  narrow  and  not  keeled  ventrally.  There  is  a  canal  in  the 
median  line,  just  at  the  point  where  the  basisphenoid  is  concealed  by  the  union  of 
the  palatines  and  pterygoids  ;  this  is  also  present  in  A.  mortoni  and  has  been  figured 
by  Scott  (1.  c,  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  1 ).  Whether  or  not  there  was  a  tympanic  bulla  in  Dliio- 
hyus  cannot  be  determined  from  the  material  at  hand."*  The  pterygoids  are  much  com- 
pressed laterally,  but  they  extend  well  down  and  terminate  in  short  and  backwardly 
directed  hamular  processes.     The  foramen  ovale  is  of  considerable  size  and  occupies 

'*  This  overhanging  of  the  occiput  in  the  type  is  due,  to  some  extent,  to  crushing. 

'"In  a  well  preserved  skull  of  Dinoliym  hollandi  collected  in  the  Agate  Spring  Quarries  ( University  Hill  Quarry) 
by  Professor  Barbour  in  1908,  there  are  no  tympanic  buUx. 


88  MEMOIRS    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

practically  the  same  position  as  in  the  Oligocene  genus,  i.  e.,  just  lateral  to  the  ridge 
of  the  alisphenoid  which  leads  to  the  pterygoids.  The  skull  is  distorted  in  this  re- 
gion, so  that  the  peculiar  conditions  of  the  pterygoids,  which  Professor  Scott  describes 
(87,  p.  283),  cannot  be  ascertained  from  this  specimen.  Tlie  parietals  extend  well 
down  on  the  side  of  the  cranium  and  terminate  superiorly  in  the  high  and  sharp 
sagittal  crest,  which  is  rounded  from  before  backward  in  a  manner  similar  to  what  is 
observed  in  some  other  American  forms.  The  sutural  contact  between  the  frontal, 
supraoccipital,  and  the  squamosal  is  entirely  obliterated.  The  frontals  are  very 
broad  and  much  inflated  over  the  orbits,  terminating  laterally  in  a  heavy  process, 
which  meets  its  fellow  of  the  jugal ;  the  two  are  well  coossified  and  form  a  heavy 
vertical  bar,  which  completely  encloses  the  orbit  posteriorly.  The  orbit  is  of  large 
size  and  faces  forward  and  slightly  outward.  Immediately  in  front  of  the  sagittal 
crest  is  a  broad  canal,  which  extends  obliquely  upward  and  backward,  apparently 
piercing  the  cranial  wall  (see  PL  LVI).  The  exit  of  this  canal  leads  into  a  depres- 
sion on  the  frontals,  which  is  of  considerable  depth  and  triangular  in  outline.  This 
depression  extends  outward  laterally  by  means  of  two  large  grooves,  one  on  either 
side,  running  parallel  with  the  temporal  ridges,  and  by  means  of  a  broad  anterior 
groove,  which  is  continuous  with  the  depressed  median  area  of  the  frontals.  On 
account  of  the  enormous  inflation  of  the  frontals  over  the  orbit  and  the  great  lateral 
extent  of  the  postorbital  process  the  eye  was  placed  lower  down  and  had  a  more 
direct  forward  look  than  in  the  older  types  of  this  family  (see  Pis.  LV,  LVI). 

The  zygomatic  process  of  the  squamosal  has  an  enormous  development,  which 
seems  to  be  relatively  quite  as  great,  if  not  greater,  than  is  the  case  in  the  earlier 
forms.  The  lambdoidal  crest  descends  steeply  to  a  point  immediately  above  the 
base  of  the  paroccipital  process ;  the  border  of  the  arch  then  rises  again  to  form  a 
broad,  thin  process  similar  to  that  in  Sus,  the  peccary,  and  other  ungulates.  An- 
teriorly the  zygomatic  process  forms  the  sutural  contact  with  the  jugal  at  the  base 
of  the  orbital  process.  The  temporal  fossa  thus  has  a  tremendous  transverse  diameter, 
which  is  one  of  the  chief  characteristics  of  the  cranium  in  this  family.  The  glen- 
oid cavity  is  well  defined  and  its  anterior  border  is  provided  with  a  strong  buttress 
(the  zygomatic  process  of  the  jugal  referred  to  above),  which  seems  to  be  a  mark  of 
evengreater  specialization  in  this  genus,  than  in  the  John  Day  forms,  and  has 
already  been  referred  to  in  previous  papers  (81,  pp.  49-51). 

The  jugal,  as  has  been  stated  by  Marsh,  Scott,  and  others,  constitutes  one  of 
the  most  extraordinary  features  of  the  skull  in  this  family.  Anteriorly  the  jugal 
extends  but  little  on  the  side  of  the  face,  uniting  by  suture  with  the  maxillary  and 
the  lachrymal.     In   its  backward  extension  the  upper  margin  forms  the  lower  half 


PETKRSON  :     A    RKVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.i;  89 

of  the  border  of  the  orbit,  and  the  lower  margin  descends  rapidly  to  form  the 
dependent,  broad,  and  laterally  compressed  process,  which  is  in  Dlnohiju^  consider- 
ably smaller  than  is  the  case  in  many  earlier  species.  This  anomalous  process  is 
directed  slightly  outward  as  well  as  downward,  and  no  doubt  varies  in  shape  in 
different  species,  if  not  in  different  individuals  ;  at  all  events  this  appears  to  be  true 
of  the  Oligocene  forms.^'  Superiorly  the  jugal  sends  out  a  postorljital  process,  which 
is  coossified  with  that  of  the  frontal,  as  stated  above  and  the  posterior  process  is 
received  by  the  zygomatic  process  of  the  squamosal  (see  PI.  LV). 

The  lachrymal  covers  a  considerable  portion  of  the  side  of  the  face  and  articu- 
lates anteriorly  with  the  maxillary,  superiorly  with  the  frontal,  not  with  the  nasal, 
and  inferiorly  with  the  jugal.  The  bone  supplies  a  portion  of  the  anterior  border 
of  the  orbit.     The  lachrymal  tubercle  is  quiet  prominent. 

The  long  and  slender  nasals  articulate  superiorly  with  the  spear-shaped  proc- 
esses of  the  frontals,  and  laterally  with  the  maxillaries  and  the  premaxillaries. 
At  their  junction  with  the  frontals  the  median  area  of  the  nasals  is  very  convex 
transversel}'^  and  on  the  sides  of  the  muzzle  the  nasals  have  a  slight  inward  bend  to 
accommodate  them  to  the  concave  sweep  of  the  muzzle  in  front  of  the  orbits.  More 
anteriorly  the  nasals  are  regularly  convex  from  side  to  side  and  gradually  decrease 
in  width  ;  their  anterior  ends  are  slightly  damaged  in  the  type,  but  it  is  seen  that 
their  free  ends  are  slightly  separated  in  the  median  line,  and  also  that  they  projected 
slightly  beyond  the  superior  border  of  the  premaxillaries. 

The  premaxillaries  are  more  truncated  anteriorly  than  in  the  known  Oligocene 
forms.  This  causes  the  reduction  of  the  median  pair  of  incisors  stated  above,  and 
the  anterior  border  ascends  slightly  more  rapidly  than  in  the  earlier  forms.  Super- 
iorly the  premaxillaries  have  a  long  contact  with  the  nasals  and  posteriorly  they 
are  received  by  the  oblique  border  of  the  maxillaries.  The  premaxillaries  are  of 
large  size,  but  are  relatively  smaller  than  those  in  Hippopotanius  and  8us.  The 
incisive  foramina  are  large  and  the  palatine  processes  of  the  premaxillaries  are  only 
thin  bony  bridges,  which  are  suturally  connected  in  the  median  line,  and  extend  back 
opposite  the  posterior  portion  of  the  canine. 

The  maxillaries  have  a  great  antero-posterior  diameter  and  the  sides  of  the  long 
and  comparatively  narrow  muzzle  are  largely  made  up  of  these  bones,  although  the 
lachrymal  and  the  jugal  cover  a  considerable  space.  The  alveolar  border  forms  an 
almost  straight  antero-posterior  line  until  the  canine  is  reached  ;  at  this  point  the 
maxillary  has  a  rapid  outward  curve  to  accommodate  the  root  for  the  large  canine. 
The  maxillo-preraaxillary  suture  is  somewhat  short  in  comparison  with  that  in  older 

■"  Theae  prooesses  are  preseut  ia  all  of  the  Aiuericau  species,  of  wliicli  complete  material,  represeDting  this  por- 
tion of  the  skull,  has  been  found. 


90  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

forms.  The  infraorbital  foramen  is  above  the  posterior  part  of  P-^.  The  palatine 
plates  are  comparatively  narrow  transversely  and  have  a  considerable  concavity  in 
the  same  direction. 

In  the  region  of  the  palatines  the  skull  is  much  crushed  and  the  sutures  are 
entirely  obliterated,  so  that  the  outlines  cannot  be  traced.  The  posterior  nares  are 
long  and  narrow,  and  extend  anteriorly  to  opposite  the  anterior  portion  of  M-. 

From  Kowalevsky's  illustrations  (38,  Plates  XVI ;  XVII,  fig.  5)  it  is  evident 
that  the  base  of  the  skull  and  the  occiput  in  Entelodon  is  quite  different  from  what 
is  observed  in  the  American  forms.  Judging  from  Kowalevsky's  figures,  the  occip- 
ital condyle  in  the  European  form  has  a  much  greater  vertical  diameter  in  propor- 
tion to  its  transverse,  the  region  of  the  paroccipital  process  extends  further  below 
the  condyle,  and  the  process  itself  is  different  in  shape,  being  more  compressed 
antero-posteriorly,  expanded  transversely,  projecting  well  downward,  and  termi- 
nating in  a  rounded  point.  The  base  of  the  zygomatic  process  of  the  squamosal  is  in 
contact  with  the  paroccipital  process  not  unlike  what  is  seen  in  Sus  (See  fig.  2  on  page 
45).  The  anterior  face  of  the  paroccipital  process  (see  Kowalevsky,  PI.  XVI),  where 
we  should  expect  to  find  the  solidly  fused  region  between  the  base  of  the  paroc- 
cipital process  and  the  postglenoid  similar  to  that  in  the  American  Entelodonts, 
shows  a  remarkable  similarity  to  what  is  seen  in  Sus,  and  it  would  not  be  surprising 
to  find  the  external  auditory  meatus  situated  higher  up  on  the  cranium  in  Entelodon 
than  is  the  case  in  the  American  species.  In  examining  the  posterior  view  of  the 
skull  of  Entelodon  {I.  c,  PI.  XVII,  fig.  5)  it  is  at  once  observed  that  the  summit  of  the 
supraoccipital  is  greatly  expanded  and  again  much  contracted  midway  between  the 
top  and  the  condyles,  and  on  either  side  of  the  median  line  is  a  long  and  narrow 
excavation,  which  is  not  present  in  the  American  forms.  Another  similarity  to  Sus, 
and  also  to  some  extent  to  Hippopotaimcs,  is  seen  on  the  superior  border  of  the  fora- 
men magnum,  where  the  continuation  of  the  supraoccipital  sends  down  two  blunt 
projections,  which  impart  an  irregular  upper  border  to  the  foramen.  This  latter 
feature  does  not  appear  in  the  American  forms. 

The  mandible  is  much  elongated  to  conform  with  the  extremely  long  muzzle. 
The  horizontal  ramus  is,  as  in  the  Oligocene  forms,  nearly  straight,  and  is  character- 
ized by  considerable  depth  and  thickness.  The  inferior  border  has  one  large 
knob-like  tubercle  in  the  middle  region  beneath  P^  and  M^,  and  only  a  trace  of  a 
tubercle  opposite  the  posterior  face  of  the  symphysis.  The  angle  is  also  extended 
below  the  horizontal  line  of  the  inferior  border,  but  not  to  the  extent  seen  in  some 
earlier  forms.  These  knob-like  processes  which  are  given  off  from  the  ventral 
border  of  the  mandible  are  proportionally  small,  especially  the  anterior  pair,  when 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODOXTID/E 


91 


compared  with  some  of  the  large  species  {Pelonax  ramosinn)  from  the  upper  Ohgocene. 
In  the  latter  form  these  knobs  on  the  lower  jaws  are  particularl}^  long  and  heavy, 
indicating  with  other  peculiarities  a  divei-ging  line  at  that  time.  In  Dinohijus  the 
alveolar  border  has  a  rapid  outward  turn  at  the  canine  to  accommodate  the  enormous 
root  of  that  tooth.  The  chin  is  square  and  the  symphysis  shows  no  mark  of  division 
between  the  two  rami.  There  are  two  mental  foramina  :  the  anterior,  which  is  the 
larger,  is  situated  below  P^ ;  and  the  posterior  below  P^_r.  The  ascending  rami  are 
low  and  rapidly  flare  outward  in  order  to  meet  the  widely  separated  glenoid  cavities 
of  the  squamosals,  which  is  a  peculiarity  most  nearly  approaching  what  is  observed 
in  Hippopotamus.  The  condyles  are  greatly  convex  antero-posteriorly  and  their 
transverse  diameter  is  considerable  ;  they  are  only  very  slightly  elevated  alxjve  the 
alveolar  border.  The  coronoid  process  is  low,  but  broad,  and  its  free  end  terminates 
in  an  enlarged  truncated  rugosity.  The  temporal  fossa  is  deep  and  extends  across 
nearly  the  entire  antero-posterior  face  of  the  ascending  ramus,  but  does  not  reach 
very  low  ;  its  inferior  border  is  developed  into  a  heavy  ridge,  which  unites  with  the 
base  of  the  condyle  externally.  The  dental  foramen  is  of  rather  small  size  and  is  a 
little  posterior  to  the  middle  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  sigmoid  notch  and  on 
a  level  with  the  alveolar  border. 

The  h3'oidean  arch  of  Dinohi/ns  holhnidi  is  represented  b}-  a  number  of  frag- 
ments and  three  very  nearly  complete  bones,  the  stylohyoid  and  both  ceratohyals. 


Fig.  34.     (1)  Inner  View  of  Right  Ceratohyal;  (2)  Inner  View  of  Styloliyal  ;  (3)  External  View  of  Stylohyal. 
Belonging  to  type  of  D.  holhmdi  Peterson.     Nat.  Size.     (Cam.  Mas.  Cat.  Vert.  Fobs.,  No.  1594.) 

The  different  bones  appear  to  be  of  somewhat  smaller  proportions  than  in  Archxo- 
therium  ingcns  described  by  Professor  Scott.  The  shaft  of  the  stylohyoid  is  a  sinuous 
rod  with  prominent  and  spiral  ridges  (of  which  one  extends  the  entire  length  of  the 


92  MEMOIRS   OK   THE   CARNECxIE    MUSEUM 

shaft)  and  expanded  upper  and  lower  ends.  The  upper  half  of  the  shaft  is  tri- 
hedral in  cross-section,  while  the  lower  half  is  subcylindrical.  In  Ar^;ha'otheri^^m, 
according  to  Scott  (87,  p.  286),  the  upper  portion  of  the  shaft  is  compressed  later- 
ally and  has  a  more  oval  section  lower  down.  The  cerato-hyal  is  shorter  than  the 
st3dohj'oid  in  about  the  same  proportion  as  in  Archscotherium.  The  proximal  end  is 
expanded  and  cup-shaped,  and  immediately  below  the  enlarged  end  the  shaft 
becomes  quite  thin  transversely,  l)ut  broad  antero-posteriorly.  The  lower  half  of 
the  shaft  is  still  more  oval  in  section  and  terminates  in  an  enlarged  end  for  car- 
tilaginous attachments.     The  bone  as  a  whole  is  very  like  that  in  Ardntothermm. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length  of  skull 883 

Distance  from  postorbital  process  of  jugal  to  and  including  premaxillaries...  528 
"  "  "  "        "     "       "     "  "         occipital  condyle  305 

Length  of  alveolar  border  of  maxillary  and  premaxillary 465 

Distance  from  median  incisor  to  Ml 330 

Greatest  transverse  diameter  of  condyles 165 

Vertical  diameter  of  condyle 56 

Greatest  transverse  diameter  of  skull,  approximately 580 

Transverse  diameter  of  muzzle  in  front  of  orbits,  approximately 175 

"       atP4 132 

Greatest  length  of  mandible 725 

Depth  of  mandible,  inferior  border  of  angle  to  and  including  condyle 200 

"       "  "  at  M3 120 

"       "  "  "  P^ 100 

Vertebral  Column. 

Atlas.  —  The  atlas,  on  the  whole,  is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  Oligocene  genus. 
The  more  important  differences  are  here  given.  The  posterior  exit  of  the  vertebrar- 
terial  canal  is  shifted  lower  down  on  the  posterior  face  of  the  transverse  process 
than  in  Archxotherium.  In  the  latter  genus  the  position  of  this  foramen  is  higher 
up,  or,  nearly  on  the  superior  face  at  the  base  of  the  transverse  process.^  In  Dino- 
Jtijiis  the  facets  for  the  axis  are  relatively  higher  and  narrower,  the  cavities  for  the 
occipital  condyles  shallower,  the  neural  canal  narrower,  and  the  neural  spine  some- 
what more  prominent  than  in  ArcJmotherium.  The  transverse  process  does  not  pro- 
ject backward  nearly  as  much  as  in  the  Princeton  specimen,  and  consequently  gives 
to  the  atlas  of  the  latter  a  relatively  greater  total  antero-posterior  diameter. 

Axis.  — The  axis  of  Dinohyus  differs  from  that  of  Arch n'othermm  in  having  the 

**  In  a  specimen  (No.  1665)  of  the  Carnegie  Mnsenm  collection,  from  the  Titannthermm  beds,  Sand  Creek,  Sionx 
Co.,  Nebraska,  this  foramen  is  placed  lower  down  than  in  the  Princeton  specimen. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OK   THE    ENTKT.ODONTIDil?, 


93 


articular  facets  for  the  atlas  more  wedge-shaped ;  the  facets  are  also  of  relatively 
less  transverse  and  greater  vertical  ^*  diameter,  and  the  transverse  process  is  heavier. 
This  enlargement  of  the  transverse  process  is  especially  noticeable  at  the  superior 


Fig.  35.     Anterior  and  Superior  Views  of  Atlas  of  D.  hollandi  Peterson.     ]  nat.  size. 

base  over  the  posterior  exit  of  the  vertebrarterial  canal  where  there  is  a  blunt  and 
rugose  tubercle.  The  well  defined  ridge,  which  extends  backward  from  the  odon- 
toid process  along  the  floor  of  the  neural  canal  in  Archivofhcrmvi,,  is  in  Dinohyus 


Fig.  36.     Posterior  and  Inferior  Views  of  Atlas  of  D.  Iiolland I  Peteraon.     \  nat.  size. 

converted  into  a  broad  rounded  surface,  which  slopes  backward  and  is  interrupted 
by  a  rough  ridge,  which  extends  across  the  entire  floor  of  the  neural  canal  some 

"The  vertical  diameter  seems  to  liave  developed  superiorly,  as  the  ventral  projection  is  of  about  the  same  pro- 
portion as  in  Arc/in'olheiium. 


94 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


distance  back  of  the  odontoid  process.  Back  of  this  ridge  is  a  ti'ansverse  excava- 
tion, 8  or  10  mm.  in  antero-posterior  diameter,  which  is  again  succeeded  by  an 
elevated  area  along  the  posterior  portion  of  the  floor  of  the  neural  canal.     As  in 


Fig.  37.     Lateral,  Posterior,  and  Anterior  Viewa  of  Axis  of  D.  hoHandi.     J  nat.  size. 

ArchseotJieriurii,  the  pedicles  of  the  neural  arches  are  not  pierced  by  foramina  for  the 
passage  of  the  second  pair  of  spinal  nerves.  These  canals  are  more  lateral  and  are 
bridged  over  superiorly  by  heavy  arms  of  the  transverse  processes  which  unite  with 
the  sides  of  the  pedicles. 

TIdrd  Cervical.  —  The  third  cervical  vertebra  differs  from  that  in  Archieotherium 
(87,  p.  290)  by  having  a  proportionallj'  much  less  developed  neural  spine,  a  sharper 
inferior  keel,  and  the  bony  bridge,  which  bounds  the  vertebrarterial  canal  externally, 


Fig.  38.  Lateral  View  of  Third 
Cervical  of  D.  hollandi  Peterson. 
\  nat.  size. 


Fin.  39.     Posterior  and  Lateral  Views  of  Fourth  Cervi- 
cal of  D.  hollandi  Peterson.     J  nat.  size. 


narrower.  As  Professor  Scott  has  stated  (/.  c,  p.  290)  in  connection  with  his  study 
of  Archaeotherium,  there  are  no  foramina  for  the  spinal  nerve  through  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  pedicles  as  in  Su.i. 

Fimrth  Cervical.  —  The  neural  spine  of  this  vertebra  is  damaged,  but  I  infer 
that,  as  in  the  preceding  vertebra,  it  is  relatively  less  developed  than  in  the  Oli- 
gocene  genus.  The  inferior  lamella  has  a  slightly  different  shape,  being  more  deci- 
dedly separated  from  the  diapophysial  process  and  is  less  developed  than  in  Arclixo- 
therium  (87,  p.  290).     In  Dinohyus  there  are  deep  excavations  on  the  inferior  side 


I'ETEIfSON  :     A    REVISION    OF    THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


95 


of  the  base  of  the  diapophyses,  which  are  scarcely  indicated  in  the  Princeton  speci- 
men. The  diapophyses  are  fully  as  well  developed  as  in  Archeotherium,  and  the 
inferior  keel  is  sharper  than  in  the  latter  genus. 

Fifth  Cervical  —  As  in  the  preceding  vertebra,  the  neural  spine  is  lost.  The 
centrum  is  relatively  much  more  opisthoccclous,  and  the  inferior  lamella  is  slightly 
less  developed  and  less  everted  than  in  Archicotherium.     The  inferior  keel  is  sharp 


Fig  40.     Posterior  and  Lateral  Views  of  Fifth  Cer- 
vical of  D.  holtandi  Peterson.     J  nat.  size. 


Fig.  41.  Inferior  View  of 
Fifth  Cervical  of  /).  hoUandi 
Peterson.     \  nat.  size. 


and  continues  to  the  postero-inferior  border  of  the  centrum,  where  a  blunt  tubercle 
is  located  on  either  side  of  the  median  keel.  In  Arcluvotherium  the  keel  is  heavier 
and  it  terminates  posteriorly  in  a  heavy  rugose  mass,  which  indicates  a  relatively 


Fig.    42.     Posterior  (1),  Lateral  (2),   and  Anterior  (3)  Views  of  the  Sixth  Cervical  of  /). /ioHa»(Zi  Peterson. 

}  nat.  size. 

heavier  attachment  for  muscles  than  in  the  Miocene  genus.  In  the  latter  genus  the 
diapophyses  present  a  more  trihedral  section  and  the  ends  are  less  expanded  than 
in  ArchxotheHum. 


96 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEOIE    MUSEUM 


Sixtk   Cervical.  —  The  base  of  the  neural  spine  of  the  sixth  cervical  vertebra  is 
present,  and  tiie  size  indicates  a  proportionally  less  developed  process  than  is  the 

case  in  the  corresponding  bone  in  Archasothe- 
rium.  As  in  the  preceding  vertebra,  the  cen- 
trum is  relatively  more  opisthocoelous  than  in 
the  sixth  cervical  of  the  Princeton  specimen. 
The  inferior  keel  is  also  sharper  and  terminates 
in  front  in  a  swollen  area.  The  anterior  face  of 
the  centrum  extends  down  over  this  area,  which 
adds  to  the  convexity  of  the  centrum  in  a 
peculiar  manner,  quite  unusual  in  most  of  the 
Artiodactyla,  and  is  not  unlike  what  is  seen 
in  the  recent  horse.  The  diapophyses  are  of 
aljout  the  same  proportionate  size  as  in  Archaso- 
therium,  but  the  inferior  lamellaj  are  relatively 
more  developed,  which  is  remarkable  when  one 
bears  in  mind  that  the  neural  spine  is  relatively 
less  developed,  while  the  neural  arch  has  about 
the  same  proportions  in  both  genera. 

Seventh  Cervical.  —  As  in  the  preceding  ver- 
tebrae the  neural  spine  of  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra  of  JHnohyus  is  relatively 
smaller  than  in  Archseotheriuin.  The  postzygapophysis  is  placed  higher  up  than  in 
Arclnvotherium,  but  is  less  concave  and  looks  outward  more  decidedly  than  in  the 
Oligocene  genus.  The  pedicle  is  more  rounded  and  the  postero-inferior  portion  of 
the  centrum  is  proportionally  somewhat  heavier,  and  has  decided  tubercles  on 
either  side  of  the  median  line,  which  are  absent  in  Archxothe- 
rinm.  The  transverse  jjrocess  has  the  same  pi'oj^ortions  as  in 
the  Princeton  specimen,  and,  as  in  that  specimen,  is  not  perfor- 
ated by  the  vertebrarterial  canal. 

First  Dorsal  Vertebra. —  In  the  type  of  Dinuhyns  Jiollaiidi 
there  are  fourteen  dorsal  vertebne  which  were  found  in  the 

quarry  articulated  with  one  another  by  their  zygapophyses.  p^^  ^^  j^,^^;^^  yj^^ 
Tlie  first  dorsal  vertebra  is  characterized  by  a  long  and  very  of  Seventh  cervical  of  n. 
heavy  neural  spine  greatly  exceeding  in  length  that  of  the  ''""'""''  p^'^^""-  i  "»' 
seventh  cervical.  The  neural  spine  has  about  the  same  rela- 
tive size  as  in  the  Princeton  specimen,  but  the  postzygapophysis  is  more  distinctly 
separated  from  the  transverse  process  by  a  constricted  area,  and  the  centrum  is 


Fig.  43.  Posterior  and  Lateral  Views  of 
the  Seventh  Ceivical  of  D.  hoUandi  Peterson. 
\  nat.  size. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.'E 


97 


more  opisthocoelous.     Tliis  vertebra  is,  except  in  these  minor  details,  quite  similar 
to  the  corresponding  bone  in  Archwotherinm. 

Second  Dorsal  Vertebra.  —  The  neural  spine  of  the  second  dorsal  vertebra  is 
higher  than  that  of  the  first,  but  not  nearly  so  robust.  In  relative  proportions 
the  spine  agrees  quite  well  with  that  of  Archieotherium.     The  vertebra  as  a  whole 


Flu.  45.  Lateral  and  Posterior  Views  of 
First  Dorsal  of  I),  hollandi  Peterson.  ',  nat. 
size. 


Fio.  46.  Lateral  View 
of  Second  Dorsal  of  D.  Iiul- 
litndi  Peterson.  J  nat. 
size. 


Fio.  47.  Lateral  View 
of  Third  Dorsal  of  I), 
hotlandi  Peterson.  'i 
nat.  size. 


differs  in  some  important  particulars  from  that  of  A rcli;votheriurii,  viz.:  the  vertical 
diameter  of  the  centrum  is  relatively  greater,  owing  to  the  unusual  development  of 
the  inferior  keel ;  the  anterior  half  of  the  keel  is  developed  into  a  heavy  and  rugose 
tubercle,  which  projects  well  below  the  anterior  face  of  the  centrum  ;  the  prezyga- 
pophyses  nearly  meet  in  the  median  line,  forming  a  narrow  in-egular  emargination, 
while  in  Archieotherimn  they  are  more  widely  separated.     The  posterior  face  of  the 


98 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


centrum  is  decidedly  more  concave  than  in  the  Oligocene  genus.  The  general  out- 
line of  the  bone,  except  in  the  matter  of  its  deeper  centrum,  is  quite  similar  to  that 
of  the  Princeton  specimen. 

TJiird  Dorsal  Vertebra.  —  The  tip  of  the  spine  of  the  third  dorsal  is  broken  off, 
but  it  was  evidently  as  high  as  that  of  its  predecessor,  and  only  slightly  lighter. 


%l 


V 


^ 


Fig.  48.     Lateral  View  of  Fourtli  Dorsal 
of  D.  hollandi  Peterson.     }  nat.  size. 


Fig.  49.     Lateral  View  of  Fifth  Dorsal 
of  D.  hollandi  Peterson.     }  nat.  size. 


One  of  the  most  important  differences  between  the  vertebral  column  of  Dinohyus 
and  that  of  ArchieotJieriumi  is  seen  in  the  arrangement  of  the  canals  through  the 
sides  of  the  pedicles  and  the  vertical  canals  through  the  superior  portion  of  the 
neural  arch,  similar  to  that  in  Sas  and  Bison  americanus.  In  Professor  Scott's 
admirable  memoir  (87,  p.  290)  it  is  stated  that  the  pedicles  of  the  neural  arch  are  not 
perforated  by  vertical  canals  as  in  Sas.  While  this  is  to  a  certain  extent  true,  it  is 
seen  upon  very  clo.se  scrutiny  of  the  specimen,  that  some  of  the  dorsals  have  the 
vertical  as  well  as  the  transver.se  canals  ^Ji'csent,  although  they  are  relatively  smaller, 
are  more  irregular  in  their  position,  and  could  not  have  possessed  the  functional 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDvE  99 

importance  which  they  have  in  tlie  Miocene  genus.  Back  of  the  second  dorsal  in 
DinoJi-yus  hollandi  the  arrangement  of  these  canals  is  almost  identical  with  that  in 
Sus,  the  vertical  canal  being  even  relativel}-  larger. 

The  costo-vertebral  canals  are  very  narrow  but  deep  excavations,  which  lead 
directly  into  these  large  horizontal  and  vertical  canals,  forming  an  excellent  protec- 
tion for  the  spinal  nerves.  The  keel  of  the  centrum  is  fully  as  well  developed  as  in 
the  preceding  vertebra.  In  Archscothermm  the  corresponding  vertebra  has  a  heavy 
and  rugose  area  on  the  anterior  half  of  the  keel,  but  the  ventral  projection  is  not 
nearly  so  great. 

Fourth  Dorsal  Vertebra.  —  In  Dinohyus  this  vertebra  is  more  nearly  like  that  of 
the  Archfeotherium  skeleton  from  Princeton  than  any  of  the  preceding  dorsals.  The 
vertical  diameter  of  the  centra  back  of  the  second  dorsal  in  Archieothcrium  rapidly 
increases,  so  that  the  centrum  of  the  fourth  has  about  the  same  proportionate  diam- 
eter as  in  Dinohyus.  The  arrangement  of  the  foramina  through  the  walls  of  the 
neural  canal,  which  are  sometimes  absent  in  Archxotherium  ingens,  is  the  chief  char- 
acter showing  a  difference  between  the  vertebrte  of  the  two  animals. 

Fifth  Dorsal  Vertebra.  — The  top  of  the  neural  spine  of  the  fifth  dorsal  is  com- 
plete, but  unfortunately  the  contact  is  lost  at  the  lower  half  of  the  spine.  The 
length  of  the  spine  is  estimated  by  a  gradual  slope  from  the  second  to  the  seventh 
dorsal  vertebrte,  which  have  complete  neural  spines.  The  general  construction  of 
this  bone  differs  so  little  from  that  in  Archtcofheriam  that  a  description  seems  hardly 
necessary.^" 

Sixth  and  Seventh  Dorsal  Vertebrse.  —  With  the  exception  of  the  broader  and 
undoubtedly  longer  neural  spine  in  the  sixth  dorsal  vertebra,  the  seventh  differs 
very  little  from  it,  and  the  two  are  so  similar  to  the  fifth  dorsal  that  a  separate 
description  seems  superfluous  in  this  connection.  With  the  exception  of  the  per- 
forations of  the  transverse  processes,  the  deep  median  furi-ow  near  the  base  and 
rugose  surfaces  on  the  anterior  faces  of  the  neural  spines,  and  the  somewhat  more 
sharply  keeled  centra,  there  are  no  differences  from  the  corresponding  vertebriB  in 
Archwothermm  described  by  Professor  Scott. 

Eighth  Dorsal  Vertebra.  —  This  vertebra  has  no  ventral  keel  on  the  centrum, 
it  being  quite  smoothly  rounded  below,  and  consequently  having  a  smaller  vertical 
depth  than  the  vertebrte  anterior  to  it.  The  median  furrow  or  groove  on  the 
anterior  face  of  the  neural  spine  extends  well  up  and  is  still  quite  deep  on  the 
fragment  we  possess,  proving  that  the  spine  itself  must  have  attained  a  consider- 

*"  In  cleauing  off  the  matrix  for  a  closer  examination  of  the  transverse  process  of  the  fifth  dorsal  vertebra  in 
Archivulhenum  ingens,  which  Professor  Scott  described,  it  is  found  that  there  is  a  small  foramen  on  the  upper  face  of  the 
neural  arch  which  is  apparently  connected  with  the  horizontal  canal  as  in  Sus. 


100 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


able  length.  The  tubercular  facet  for  the  rib  is  of  large  size  and  concave  in  the 
antero-posterior  direction.  The  transverse  process  is  heavy,  as  is  also  the  upper 
portion  of  the  neural  arch.  The  pedicle  and  transverse  processes  are  perforated 
by  the  canals  referred  to  above. 

Nirdlt  Dorml    Vertebra.  —  The  ninth  dorsal  is  represented  only  by  a  portion  of 
the  neural  spine,  half  of  the  neural  arch,  and  the  upper  third  of  the  centrum  of 


FlCJ.  50.  Lateral  View  of  Sixth 
Dorsai  of  D.  hollandi  Peterson.  \ 
nat.  size. 


Fig.  51.  Lateral  View  of 
Seventh  Dorsal  of  D.  hollandi 
Peterson.     J  nat.  size. 


Fig.  52.  Lateral  View  of 
Eighth  Dorsal  of  D.  hollandi 
Peterson,     i  nat.  size. 


the  left  side.  The  capitular  and  tubercular  facets  are  only  slightly  smaller  than  in 
the  preceding  vertebrtc.  The  transverse  process  is  of  aljout  the  same  size,  but  the 
perforations  are  somewhat  smaller  than  in  the  eighth  dorsal  vertebra. 

Tenth,  Eleventh,  and  Twelfth  Dorsal  Vertehrx.  —  The  tenth,  eleventh,  and  twelfth 
dorsal  vertebrae  are  represented  only  by  fragments,  but  enough  remains  to  supply 
essential  characters.  The  centra  are  depressed  and  apparently  have  no  ventral  keels, 
and  the  neural  spines  still  continue  to  have  the  median  groove  which  extends  from 
the  base  upward  for  some  distance  on  the  anterior  face  of  the  spines.  On  the  tenth 
dorsal  the  rib-facets  possess  considerable  size,  Ijut  they  rapidly  diminish  in  the 
following  vertebrre.     The  neui-al  spines  also  show  a  rapid  reduction,  but  the  perfo- 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTEI.ODONTID.T;  101 

rations  of  the  pedicle  and  transverse  processes  continue  to  be  of  large  size  up  to  the 
thirteenth  dorsal.  There  is  only  a  slight  suggestion  of  the  metapophysis  on  the 
twelfth  dorsal  vertebra. 

Thirteenth  Dorsal  Vertebra.  —  In  the  region  of  the  thirteenth  dorsal  there  is  an 
important  change  in  the  dorsal  series.     The  neural  spine  was  still,  no  douV>t,  of  the 
dorsal  type,  but  short.     The  anterior  zygapophysis  is  also  of 
the  dorsal  type,  while  the  postzygapophysis  fits  into  a  nearly     /''  \ 
typical  lumbar  articulation  of  the  succeeding  vertebra.     The        \    \ 
transverse  process  is  quite  heavy  and  has  an  almost  flat  sur-  •..      \, 

face   for  the  tuberculum   of  the   rib.     The   metapophysial  ■', 

area  is  divided  into  three  small  tubercles  and  the  superior 
aspect  of  the  transverse  process  is  on  the  whole  very  rugose. 
The  vertical  perforation  is  very  small  and  is  placed  near  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  neural  arch.  The  horizontal  canal 
for  the  transmission  of  the  spinal  nerves,  which  perforates       ^^'°-  ^s-    Lateral  view  of 

Thirteenth  Dorsal  of  D.   hoi 

the  wall  of  the  neural  arch  between  the  posterior  capitular     ^^^^.  ^^^^^^     ,  ^^^  ^.^^ 
and  the  tubercular   facets  is  of  large  size.      This  vertebra 

appears  to  correspond  most  closely  with  the  vertebra  described  by  Professor  Scott 
as  the  eleventh  thoracic  vertebra  in  Archnvtherium  ingens  (87,  p.  293). 

Fourteenth  Dorsal  Vertebra.— The  fourteenth  dorsal  of  Dinohi/us  agrees  most 
closely  with  the  one  which  Professor  Scott  regards  as  the  twelfth  of  Archiridherium 
ingens.  In  Z);7io/(v/«s  this  vertebra  differs  in  many  important  characters  from  either 
the  twelfth  or  thirteenth  dorsals  in  the  Princeton  specimen  in  which  the  thirteenth 
is  the  last  dorsal  according  to  Scott.  From  both  the  twelfth  and  the  thirteenth  in  the 
latter  specimen  the  fourteenth  thoracic  vertebra  in  Dinohnus  differs  in  having  a  very 
well  developed  transverse  process,  a  large  perforation  through  the  sides  of  the  neural 
arch  back  of  the  capitular  facet  for  the  last  rib,  and  the  absence  of  anapophyses. 
The  superior  portion  of  the  neural  spine  is  broken  off',  but  its  broad  antero-posterior 
aspect  indicates  that  in  shape  it  (rlosely  resembled  the  lumbar  vertebrse.  Tlie  pos- 
terior zygapophysis  is  identical  in  form  with  that  of  the  twelfth  (thirteenth?)"  m 
Archieothermm.  As  Scott  has  shown  in  his  memoir,  page  293,  the  cros.s-section  of  the 
zygapophyses  of  the  lumbar  vertebrte  present  an  S-like  outline  which  causes  the 
development  of  large  episphenial  processes.  The  neural  canal  is  transversely  broad, 
but  low.  The  centrum  is  well  rounded  and  has  no  ventral  keel  or  prominent  rugosi- 
ties for  muscular  attachments.     The  facet  for  the  last  ril/is  of  large  size,  oval  in 

"The  writer  is  of  the  opinion  that  Archieolherium  from  the  Oligoceue  may  have  had  fourteen  thomcic  (dorsal) 
vertebrie  thus  agreeing  in  its  vertebral  formula  with  Dlnoliym. 


102 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


outline,  and  placed  in  an  oblique  position.     The  metapophyses  are  prominent  on 
this  vertebra. 

Lumbar  Vertebrae. — There  are  only  four  lumbar  vertebrae  represented  in  the 
type  specimen  of  Dinohyus,  but  from  the  fragments  at  hand  it  is  very  plainly  shown 
that  the  last  lumbar  has  been  lost.^^     There  are  in  the  splendidly  preserved  speci- 


FlQ.  54 .    Anterior,  Inferior,  and  Lateral  Views  of  Fourteenth 
Dorsal  of  D.  hollandi  Peterson.    J  nat.  size. 


Fig.  55.     Lateral  and  Interior  Views  of  First 
Lnmbar  of  D.  hollandi  Peterson,     i  nat.  size. 


men  of  ArchcVotherium  in  the  Princeton  collection,  six  lumbar  vertebree,  which  un- 
doubtedly also  must  have  been  the  number  in  the  genus  Dinohyus.  This  arrange- 
ment is  thought  to  be  correct  in  view  of  the  evidence  at  hand  from  the  Miocene  and 
Oligocene  genera  and  also  from  the  fact  that  in  Sus  scrofa  and  the  Pecora  there  are 
sometimes  twenty  thoraco-lumbar  vertebme  :  fourteen  dorsals  and  six  lumbars. 


Fig.  56.  Lateral  View  of 
Second  Lumbar  of  D.  hollandi 
Peterson,     i  nat.  size. 


Fig-  57.     Lateral  and  Inferior  Views  of  Third 
Lumbar  of  !>.  hollandi  Peterson.     }  nat.  size. 


The  centra  of  the  four  lumbar  vertebrae  preserved  in  the  type  are  all  present 
and  in  two  instances  portions  of  the  arches  and  of  the  zygapophyses  are  also  present. 
The  neural  spines  and  the  transverse  processes  were  unfortunately  all  lost  in  the  proc- 

"  In  the  spring  of  1905,  the  fragments  of  the  lumbar  vertebrtc,  the  sacrum  and  a  portion  of  the  pubic  symphysis 
of  the  pelvis  was  found  by  the  writer  on  the  edge  of  the  quarry.  These  parts  were  dug  out  during  the  excavation  in 
quarry  No.  1,  in  the  fall  of  1904,  by  Mr.  Cook  and  his  assistants. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


103 


Fio.  58    Inferior  View  of  Fifth  Lum- 
bar of  D.  hollandi  Peterson.     J  nat.  size- 


ess  of  collecting.^-'  The  neural  spines  are,  however,  restored  from  another  specimen 
(No.  2193B)  collected  in  the  Agate  Spring  Quarries  (Quarry  No.  1)  in  1908  and 
their  shape  (see  Plates  LX,  LXI)  is  thought  to  be  nearly  correct.  The  centra  in 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  series  are  somewhat  different  from  those  in  Archseotherium, 
having  a  transversely  broader  aspect  ventrally  and  a 
very  rugose  surface  on  the  sides.  Posteriorly  the  cen- 
tra become  more  depressed  and  the  rugosities  on  the 
sides  are  divided  into  an  anterior  and  a  posterior  area 
by  a  decidedly  broad  and  shallow  groove,  extending 
obliquely  from  the  posterior  intervertebral  notch  to 
the  ventral  portion  of  the  centrum,  where  it  fades  away,  leaving  a  sharp  ridge  on 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  exit  of  the  groove.  The  neural  arch  of  the  first  lumbar 
vertebra  is  pierced  by  a  canal  immediately  posterior  to  the  base  of  the  transverse 
pi'ocess.  On  the  second  lumbar  is  a  similar  canal  on  the  right,  while  on  the  left 
side  there  is  no  canal  present. 

In  another  specimen  (No.  2126^  Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  of  Dinohjus  hol- 
landi is  a  last  lumbar  vertebra  which  approximates  the  jjroper  size  of  the  type  speci- 
men. This  vertebra  presents  some  interesting  differences  from  the  corresponding 
bone  in  the  Princeton  specimen.  Of  these  differences  the  inoi'e  important  ones 
are  :  the  proportionately  lighter  postzygapophyses  and  the  much  heavier  transverse 
processes  in  Dinohjus;  the  enlarged  transverse  process  of  the  last  sacral  vertebra  in 
Dinohyus,  which  is  due  in  a  great  measure  to  the  heavy  and  rugose  posterior  border, 
somewhat  after  the  analogy  of  some  of  the  Perissodadijla  {Equus).     In  the  last  lumbar 


^^-^"^'"W 
^^— ^ 


Fig.  59.     Posterior,  Lateral  and  Anterior  Views  of  Sixth  Lumbar  of  D.  hvllaiuli  Peterson.     }  nat.  size. 
(Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.,  No.  2126.) 

vertebra  of  Archimtherium  iiKjena  the  transverse  process  has  in  its  posterior  border 
near  its  base  a  small  and  rugose  tubercle,  which  apparently  had  a  tendency  to  meet 

"A  series  of  four  posterior  lumbar  vertebra;  (No.  2139B)  was  found  in  quarry  No.  1  darinj;  the  last  (1908)  season 
which  furnishes  some  additional  information.  There  were  one  and  most  probably  two  additional  lumbar  vertebne  in 
front  of  this  series,  judging  from  the  absence  of  vertebra;  with  no  perforations  of  the  neural  arches  as  in  the  first  and 
second  lumbais  of  the  type  and  also  from  the  characters  of  the  fourteenth  dorsil,  which  is  present  in  this  series. 


104 


MEMOIRS    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


a  corresponding  surface  on  the  anterior  face  of  the  pleurapophysis  of  the  first  sacral 
vertebra  and  is  somewhat  simihir  to  what  is  found  in  Hipjwpotamus.  The  trans- 
verse process  of  tlie  last  lumbar  vertebra  in  Arcluvothcrium  is  otherwise  quite  light, 
as  is  tlie  case  in  all  the  preceding  lumbar  vertebrse.  In  the  specimen  under  descrip- 
tion the  heavy  posterior  border  of  the  transverse  process  of  the  vertebra  does  not 
come  in  contact  with  the  anterior  face  of  the  pleurapophysis  of  the  first  sacral,  but 
had  a  cartilaginous  attachment  with  the  ilium.  The  neural  spine  has  a  vertical 
position  and  its  anterior  and  posterior  borders  gi'adually  taj^er  from  the  base  of  the 
spine  to  the  summit.  The  latter  is  rounded,  slightly  enlarged,  and  rugose.  The 
neural  canal  is  broad,  but  low,  and  its  floor  is  occupied  in  the  median  line  by  a 
heavy  ridge,  which  extends  antero-posteriorly  the  entire  length  of  the  superior  face 
of  the  centrum.  The  centrum  is  depressed,  but  possesses  a  considerable  transverse 
diameter  ;  its  posterior  face  is  larger  than  its  anterior.  The  prezygapophyses  have 
prominent  surfaces  for  the  episphenial  processes  of  the  vertebra  in  advance  of  it,  and 
these  processes  of  the  postzygapophyses  are  also  quite  prominent. 

Sacrum. — The  sacrum  is  composed  of  three  well  coossified  vertebrae.^'     The 
centrum  of  the  first  sacral  vertebra  is  quite  large,  but  the  succeeding  two  rapidly 


Inferior  and  Superior  Views  of  Sacrum  of  D.  hollandi  Peterson. 
Vert.  Foss.,  No.  2126.) 


nat.  size.     (Cam.  Mus.  Cat. 


decrease  in  size,  so  that  the  posterior  face  of  the  centrum  of  the  last  vertebra  has 
the  transverse  diameter  less  than  one  half  of  the  anterior  face  of  the  first  sacral. 
The  pleurapophyses,  which  are  very  heavy  on  the  first  sacral,  decrease  in  the 
posterior  sacrals  as  rapidly  as  the  centra.     Unfortunately  the  neural  spines  are  lost, 

.  "In  examining  the  sacrum  of  the  Princeton  specimen,  Arcli.rolherium  ingens,  No.  10885,  it  is  seen  that  on  its  ven- 
tral face  there  are  tliree  distinct  centra,  which  are  very  firmly  coossified.  Professor  Scott  (87,  p.  294)  mistook  the  two 
posterior  centra  of  this  sacrum  for  one  only. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF    THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


105 


but  their  bases  indicate  that  they  were  coossified  so  as  to  form  one  soHd  spine. 
The  neural  canal  is  of  consideral)le  size  a  nd  its  outline  anteriorly  is  subtrian- 
gular ;  it  diminishes  rapidly  backward  agreeing  in  its  diameter  with  all  the 
other  measurements  of  the  sacrum.  The  chief  differences  revealed  by  the  sacrum 
of  Dmohyus  when  compared  with  that  of  Arducothcrhim  are  the  relatively  smaller 
antero-posterior  and  transverse  diameters  of  the  centrum,  the  actual  measurements 
of  length  and  breadth  in  the  former  being  only  very  little  greater  than  those  of  the 
latter  genus,  notwithstanding  the  smaller  size  of  Arclixotheriuni.  The  vertical  diam- 
eter of  the  anterior  face  of  the  centrum  more  nearly  corresponds  to  that  of  the  Oli- 
gocene  genus.  The  prezygapophyses  have,  as  in  Archteotheriuni,  the  additional 
articular  surfaces  for  the  episphenial  processes  of  the  last  lumbar  vertebra. 

From  material  acquired  in  11J08  I  am  able  to  give  complete  illustrations  (see 
figs.  60-62)  and  also  to  more  fully  describe  parts  of  the  sacrum,  which  are  partially 
or  wholly  lost  in  the  t^'pe  specimen. 

The  reduced  diameter,  especially  the  antero-posterior,  of  the  centra  in  the 
sacrum  observed  in  the  type  specimen  of  Dinohi/us  Jiollandi  is  repeated  in  other 
individuals.  In  No.  2126  (Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  there  is  a  complete  sacrum 
(see  figs.  GO-62)  and  its  measurements  agree  quite  closely  with  those  of  the  type. 


Fio.  01.     Anterior  and  Posterior  Views  of  Sacrum  of  D.  hollandi  Peterson. 

Foss.,  No.  2126.) 


I  nat.  size.     (Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert. 


Anteriorly  the  neural  canal,  which  is  triangular  in  outline,  is  of  large  size  and 
rapidly  decreases  posteriorly.  All  the  sacral  foramina  are  of  large  size.  The  two 
anterior  spinous  processes  are  very  heavy  and  quite  solidly  coossified,  e.Kcept  at  their 
extremities,""  which  are  slightly  separated  and  also  greatly  enlarged.    The  spine  of  the 

'^lu  a  smaller  though  older  specimen  (No.  2139)  the  summit  of  the  spines  is  solidly  coossitied  and  much  ex- 
panded laterally. 


106 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


last  sacral  vertebra  is  entirely  free  from  those  in  front  of  it  and  all  of  its  diameters, 
though  of  considerable  size,  are  much  reduced,  when  compared  with  the  heavy  spines 
of  the  first  two  vertebrae.  The  postzygapophyses  are  quite  well  developed  and  bear 
distinct  articular  facets  for  the  prezygapophyses  of  the  first  caudal  vertebrae.  The 
posterior  extension  of  the  pleurapophyses  exhibits  a  free  area  back  of  the  iliac  con- 


FlG.  62.  Lateral  View  of  Sacrum  of  D.  hoi- 
landi  Peterson.  |  nat.  size.  (Cam.  Mns.  Cat. 
Vert.  Fobs.,  No.  2126.) 


Fig.  63.  Anterior,  Superior  and 
Inferior  Viewsof  Caudal  from  about 
the  Middle  of  the  Tail  of  D.  hol- 
landi  Peterson.  §  nat.  size.  (Carn. 
Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.,  No.  2135.) 


Fig.  64.  Superior 
and  Lateral  Viewsof 
Posterior  Caudal  of 
D.hollandi  Peterson. 
S  nat.  size.  (Cam. 
Mus.  Cat.  Vert. 
Foss.,  No.  1823.) 

tact  which  is  fully  as  large  if  not  larger  than  is  the  case  in  Arclixotherium  ingens  (see 
fig.  62). 

Caudal  Vertehrsc.  —  The  caudal  vertebrae  of  the  type  of  Dinohyus  are  not  present. 
From  several  isolated  bones  found  scattered  throughout  the  bone-bearing  layer  of 
the  quarry  and  also  from  a  vertebra  (No.  2135)  found  in  the  same  horizon  north  of 
the  Niobrara  River,  it  is  plain  that  the  tail  was  of  practically  the  same  proportionate 
length  as  that  of  the  Oligocene  genus.  Cuts  of  this  bone  and  of  one  of  the  posterior 
bones  of  the  tail  found  in  quarry  No.  1  are  here  given  (figs.  63  and  64). 

Ribs. 
The  ribs  on  both  sides  (especially  the  ones  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the  thoracic 
cavity)  are  well  represented  in  the  type  of  Dinohyus  hoUandi.  The  first  rib  is  some- 
what sub-cylindrical  proximally  and  broadens  almost  immediately  below  the  head, 
while  in  Arclnvotherium  ingens  it  continues  rod-like  to  a  greater  distance  distally  and 
flares  out  more  suddenly  at  the  ventral  end.     In  the  anterior  portion  of  the  series 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION   OF   THE   ENTELODONTID.T; 


107 


the  ribs  are  broad,  with  compressed  sessile  heads,  and  large  tubercles,  which  are 
separated  from  the  lieads  by  deep  cavities  in  the  same  manner  as  in  Archseolhcriiim. 
The  fragments  of  the  posterior  ribs  indicate  that  they  were  perhaps  proportionately 


Fig.  65.     (1)  First  Rib  ;  (2)  Second  Rib  ;  (3)  Fifth  Rib.     From  type  of  V.  hotlandi  Peterson,     i  nat.  size. 

broader  than  those  in  ArcJueotheriiom.  In  their  relative  lengths  the  ribs  are  not  un- 
like those  of  the  Oligocene  genus,  those  behind  being  relatively  perhaps  somewhat 
longer. 

Sternum. 

There  are  six  sternebrte  present  in  the  type.  The  structure  of  the  sternum  is 
unique  and  can  hardly  be  compared  with  that  of  the  Suidfe.  The  presternum  has 
an  unusual  vertical  diameter,  it  is  compi-essed  transversely  and  the  side  view  pre- 
sents an  irregular  and  curious  outline. 

The  superior  border  of  the  presternum  is  slightly  concave  and  terminates  in 
front  in  a  heavy  and  rugose  tubercle ;  anteriorly  the  bone  is  strongly  emarginate, 
producing  the  superior  tubercle  which  has  just  been  mentioned  and  an  additional, 
larger,  inferior  tubercle  (see  No.  1  in  fig.  HG).  Ventrally  the  bone  again  has  an 
emarginate  border  which  terminates  posteriorly  in  a  rapidly  expanded,  truncated, 
and  very  rugose  process.  The  contact  for  the  succeeding  segment  continues,  from  the 
truncated  process  mentioned,  obliquely  forward  and  upward  and  terminates  in  a 
slightly  enlarged  area  which  forms  the  contact  for  the  second  pair  of  ribs.  The 
attachments  for  the  first  pair  of  ribs  are  situated  on  the  lower  half  of  the  bone, 
nearer  the  anterior  tban  tbe  posterior  border.  In  Archwothcrium  ingens  the  pre- 
sternum has  the  same  general  outline  as  in  l)lnnhi/us,  but  the  borders,  especially  the 


108 


MEMOIRS   OP   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


anterior,  are  less  emarginate,  which  gives  to  the  manubrium  of  the  former  genus  a 
less  striking  appearance. 

The  first  segment  of  the  mesosternum  has  a  curious  structure.  It  is  compressed 
laterally  and  its  vertical  is  much  greater  than  its  an tero- posterior  diameter.  The 
side  view  shows  a  Q-shaped  outline  with  the  straight  border  behind.  The  segment 
is  expanded  on  its  borders,  those  behind  being  the  heaviest.     The  antero-posterior 


Fig.  66.     (1)  Lateral  View  of  Sternum.     (2)  Inferior  View  of  Sternum.     Type  of  D.  hoUandi  Peterson.     }  nat.  size. 

diameter  of  the  bone  is  slightlj^  greater  ventrally  than  dorsally.  The  bone  differs 
greatly  from  that  in  Archfcothcrium  ingens  which  has  a  relatively  greater  diameter 
vertically  and  a  more  angular  outline  laterally.  The  following  two  segments  in  the 
sternum  of  DinoJiyus  are  coossified  and  their  vertical  diameter  rapidly  decreases,  while 
their  transverse  diameter  increases.  The  transverse  diameter  of  the  dorsal  border  is 
twice  that  of  the  ventral,  and  the  posterior  face  of  the  fourth  segment  very  suddenly 
expands  laterally.  The  succeeding  two  segments  of  the  mesosternum  are  broader 
than  deep  and  the  last  segment  is  the  broadest  and  shallowest.  The  dorsal  face  is 
considerably  broader  than  the  ventral  and  the  last  two  segments  are  slightly  concave 
both  dorsally  and  ventrally.  The  posterior  border  of  the  last  segment  is  injured 
by  erosion,  but  the  suture  separating  the  following  segment  (xiphisternum) 
is  plainly  indicated  (see  fig.  66,  No.  2).  The  sternum  as  a  whole  is  not  unlike  that 
of  Arclixotlierium,  but  it  possesses  a  proportionally  smaller  antero-posterior  diameter, 
which  seems  to  indicate  that  the  thorax  of  Dinohyus  was  relatively  shorter. 

Sternal  Ribs.  —  There  were  four  ossicles  found  with  the  sternum  which  are 
evidently  the  sternal  ribs.  They  are  much  enlarged  at  one  end  and  taper  rapidly 
to  the  other  (the  attachment  for  the  sternum)  and  have  rugose  faces  for  a  heavy 
cartilaginous  covering. 


PETKRSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^  109 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Atlas,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 152 

"             "       transverse                    "         337 

"            "       vertical  diameter  including  neural  spine 127 

transverse  diameter  of  articulation  for  condyle 166 

"             "                  "        "             "             "   axis 144 

Axis,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 140 

"           "         transverse                   "        145 

"           "        vertical  diameter  including  neural  spine 160 

"      length  of  odontoid  process .' 44 

"      transverse  diameter  of  centrum  posteriorly 78 

"     vertical             "         "         "                 "          78 

Third  cervical,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 110 

"            "          transverse  diameter 162 

"           "         vertical             "         148 

"           "          transverse       "          of  centrum  posteriorly 80 

"           "         vertical             "          "         "                 "           including  ven- 
tral keel 90 

Fourth  cervical,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 105 

"             "              "        transverse                  "        144 

"             "               "         vertical                         "          approximately 145 

"              "         transverse  diameter  of  centrum  posteriorly 80 

"              "          vertical              "           "           "             "             including  ven- 
tral keel • 98 

Fifth  cervical,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 105 

"          "               "        transverse                  "         145 

"          "               "        vertical                       "         approximately 160 

"          "       transverse  diameter  of  centrum,  posteriorly 80 

"          "       vertical             "          "          "                 ''          97 

Sixth  cervical,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 110 

"            "               "        transverse                      "        approximately 140 

"            "               "        vertical                          "                    "             2G0 

''            "       transverse  diameter  of  centrum  posteriorly 76 

"            "       vertical              "           "          "                  "          88 

Seventh  cervical,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 118 

"              "               "        transverse                  "         125 

"              "               "        vertical                       "         including  neural  spine..  318 

"              "        antero-posterior  diameter  of  centrum 86 

"               "        transverse  diameter  of  centrum,  posteriorly 91 

"              "        vertical             "          "         "                  ''          82 

First  dorsal,  greatest  vertical  diameter 480 

"         "       antero-posterior         "       of  centrum 70 

"          "        greatesttran8ver.se    "        "          "        posteriorly 93 

"         "        vertical  diameter  of  centrum,  postei'iorly 69 

Secontl  dorsal,  greatest  vertical  diameter 512 


110  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

Mm. 

Second  dorsal,  antero-posterior  diameter  of  centrum,  posteriorly 65 

"  "       greatest  transverse    "         "         "  "  89 

"  "        vertical  diameter  of  centrum,  posteriorly 65 

Seventh  dorsal,  greatest  vertical  diameter 365 

"  "        antero-posterior        "       of  centrum 67 

"  "        greatest  transverse   "        "        "       posteriorly 62 

"  "        vertical  diameter  of  centrum,  posteriorly. 67 

First  lumbar,  antero-posterior  diameter  at  the  zygapophyses 90 

"  "  "  "  "         of  centrum 65 

"  "         transverse  diameter  at  anterior  zygapophyses 98 

"  "  "  "         of  centrum,  posteriorly 68 

"  "        vertical  "  "         "  "         54 

Sacrum,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter,  approximately 150 

"        antero-posterior  diameter  of  centrum 105 

"        transverse  diameter  of  centrum,  anteriorly 66 

"         vertical  "         "         "  "         42 

"        transverse        "         "  sacrum,  posteriorly 31 

"        vertical  "         "        "  "  22 

"         greatest  transverse  diameter  of  sacrum 165 

Ribs. 

Greatest  length  of  first  rib 430 

•'  "       "  second  rib 467 

"       "  sixth  rib 620 

"  "       "  eleventh  rib 710 

"  "       "  last  rib,  approximately 54© 

Sternum. 

Greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 505 

"             "             "                "         of  presternum 172 

"        vertical                       "         "           "          148 

"        transverse                   "         "           "          anteriorly 35 

"                "                            "         "           "          posteriorly 13 

"        antero-posterior        "         "  first  segment  in  mesostei-num 60 

"        vertical                       "         "    "          "         "            "           112 

"        transverse                   "         "    "          "         "             "           40 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  sixth  sternebrse,  approximately 90 

Transverse                   "         "      "             "          82 

Vertical                      "         "      "             "          approximately 24 

Greatest  length  of  largest  sternal  rib 100 

"         transverse  diameter  at  largest  end  of  sternal  rib 44 

The  Fore  Limb. 
The  comparative  lengths  of  the  different  elements  of  the  Hmbs  in  Dinohyus, 
when  compared  with  Archseotherium,  in  the  judgment  of  the  writer  reveal  characters 


PETEK80N  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


111 


of  sufficient  importance  to  warrant,  when  the  many  other  differences  are  also  taken 
into  account,  the  generic  separation  of  the  two  forms.  From  the  very  complete 
description  of  Archieotherium  ingens  by  Professor  Scott  it  is  quite  plain  that  the  Oligo- 
cene  genus  was  already  capable  of  high  speed,  which  appears  to  have  been  a  require- 
ment of  these  animals  throughout  the  successive  geological  ages  in  which  they 
existed.  We  naturally  look  for  a  reduction  in  the  length  of  the  humerus  and  femur 
accompanied  by  the  retention  or  increase  of  the  length  of  the  lower  portions  of  the 
limbs  among  the  later  survivors  of  the  family.  The  limbs  of  Dinohyus  which  fortu- 
nately were  found  with  the  skeleton,  show  a  greater  advance  than  is  found  in  Archeo- 
thcrium  ingens*^  in  those  characters  which  are  necessary  for  speed  and  endurance. 


Fig.  67.     External  View  of  Right  Scapula  of  Type  of  D.  hullandi  Peterson.     }  nat  size. 
"The  philosophy  of  the  increase  in  length  of  the  lower  part  of  the  limb  in  recent  hoofed  mammals  has  been  dis- 
ouBsed  by  Dr.  Matthew  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Vol.  I,  Part  7,  p.  432  (1901). 


112  MEMOIRS    OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

Scajiula.  — The  scapula  of  Dinohi/us  is  relatively  higher  than  that  of  the  Prince- 
ton specimen  from  the  Oligocene.  Its  neck  also  has  a  relatively  greater  transverse 
diameter.  In  other  respects  very  little  difference  in  the  general  make-up  of  this 
bone  of  the  fore  limb  is  shown  in  the  two  genera.  The  pre-  and  postscapular  fossje 
are  divided  b}'  the  spine  in  very  nearly  the  same  way  in  Dinohyus  and  Archseothe- 
rium,  while  according  to  Scott  (87,  p.  298),  the  John  Day  form,  Boochceras  humer- 
ostis  Cope,  has  a  much  broader  blade  with  the  pre-  and  postscapular  fossae  of  nearly 

equal  width. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Scapula,  greatest  length 560 

"  "        width 335 

"         transverse  diameter  of  neck 93 

"         antero-posterior  diameter  of  glenoid  cavity 86 

"         transverse  "  "         "  "      67 

Humerus. — The  greater  tuberosity  of  the  humerus  of  DinoJnjus  was  unfortu- 
nately lost  in  the  process  of  collecting,  so  that  its  elevation  above  the  head  is  only 
conjectural.^'  The  bone  is  otherwise  complete  and  its  length  is  relatively  less  than 
that  of  Bodclicems  humerosus  from  the  John  Day  formation,  and  considerably  less 
than  that  of  Archiwthermm.  Indeed  the  humerus  of  J)rauhi/us  is  even  proportion- 
ately somewhat  shorter  than  is  the  case  in  Bos  and  Equus  caballus,  while  that  of 
Archxotherium  is  relatively  longer  than  in  these  two  recent  genera.  The  proximal 
end  of  the  humerus  in  Dinohijus  is,  as  in  ArcJuvotherium,  of  great  antero-posterior 
diameter ;  its  transverse  diameter,  though  less  than  the  antero-posterior,  is  also 
great,  perhaps  relatively  greater  than  that  in  Archxotherium.  The  head  is  large  and 
takes  up  a  considerable  portion  of  the  proximal  end.  The  greater  tuberosity  is  very 
massive  and  evidently  terminated  above  in  a  heavy  lilunt  process,  as  in  other  represen- 
tatives of  the  family.  The  lesser  or  internal  tuberosity  is  unfortunately  also  dam- 
aged, but  its  anterior  border  indicates  a  strong  margin  which  bounded  the  bicipital 
groove.  The  latter  is  broad  and  displays  a  large,  smoothly  convex  tubercle,  over 
which  the  tendon  for  the  biceps  muscle  spread.  The  deltoid  ridge  is  prominent  and 
extends  well  down  on  the  shaft.  The  distal  end  is  much  exjianded,  especially  trans- 
versely, as  the  supinator  ridge  and  the  surfaces  for  the  attachments  of  the  ligaments 
are  well  developed.  The  internal  epicondyle  which  is  on  the  point  of  disappearance 
in  Archxotherium  is  still  smaller  in  Dinohyus.  The  intercondylar  ridge,  which  is  fully 
as  prominent  as  in  Archxotherium,  is  shifted  even  moi-e  outwardly  than  in  that  genus, 
and  the  trochlea  has  a  more  modernized  appearance.  The  ridge  which  bounds  the 
supratrochlear  fossa  externally  is  more  prominent  than  in  Archxotherium;  the  differ- 

"  From  material  recently  { 1908)  acquired  in  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarries,  it  is  very  evident  that  the  dotted 
lines  in  Fig.  68  are  too  high. 


PETERSON  :     A    KRVISION    OF    THE    ENTKLODONTID.E 


113 


ence  in  the  relative  depth  and  size  of  the  supratrochlear,  and  the  anconeal  fossas  in 
the  two  genera  is  small. 


Fio.  68.     External  and  Posterior  Views  of   Humerus  of  Fu).  G9.     Katlial  and  Anterior  Views  of  the  lllno- 

Type  of  D.  kollandi  Peterson.     ]  uat.  size.     Tbe  dotted  lines         radius  of  Type  of  D.  hollaiidi  Peterson.     ',   nat.  size. 

in  the  cut  are  too  high. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Humerus,    greatest  length,  approximately 480 

"  head  of  humerus  to  aud  including  distal  end 444 

''  middle  of  head       "     "  "  "       "  425 

"  antero-posterior  diameter,  pro.ximal  end,  approximately 175 

"  transverse  "  "  "  "  120 

"  "  "  distal  "  "  120 

"  antero-posterior        "  "  "  "  105 


114  MEMOIRS    OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

Radius  and  Ulna.  —  As  has  been  intimated  above,  the  ulna-radius  in  Dinohyus 
is  proportionately  longer  than  in  Archseotherium.  ingens  ;  it  is  also  more  curved  or 
bowed  forward  ;  the  olecranon  process  is  more  truncate  ;  and  the  sulcus  for  the  exten- 
sor tendon  is  less  clearly  defined.  The  humeral  articulation  of  the  radius  differs 
onl}'  in  minor  details  from  what  is  seen  in  the  Princeton  specimen.  The  most 
noticeable  of  these  minor  differences  are  :  the  relatively  narrower  articular  surface 
external  to  the  intertrochlear  groove,  and  a  rugose  pit,  which  interrupts  the  humeral 
articulation  near  the  posterior  margin.  The  transverse  diameter  of  the  shaft  of  the 
ulna-radius  is  shortest  immediately  below  the  head  ;  from  this  point  it  rapidly  in- 
creases distally,  and  the  distal  extremity  Jias  only  a  slightly  greater  diameter  than 
the  shaft  of  the  compound  bone.  All  traces  of  the  suture  between  the  radius  and 
ulna  are  practically  lost,  except  at  the  proximal  and  distal  ends.  The  deeply 
channeled  external  face  of  the  shaft  shown  in  Archxotheriam  ingens  is  not  so  notice- 
able in  Dinohyas.  The  ridge  which  separates  the  pyramidal  and  lunar  facets  is 
more  developed,  and  the  ridge  separating  the  latter  facet  from  that  for  the  scaphoid 
is  less  developed  than  is  the  case  in  the  Princeton  specimen.  In  this  way  the 
peculiar  condition  found  in  Archseotherium,  ingens  in  which  the  ulna  occupies  the 
entire  proximal  face  of  the  pyramidal  and  also  effects  a  lateral  contact  with  the 
lunar  is  even  more  emphasized  in  Dinolii/us  hollandi.  The  oblique  direction  of 
these  ridges  and  the  articulating  surfaces  to  receive  the  carpus  are  practically  nearly 
the  same  as  in  the  Oligocene  genus.  Between  the  radius  and  ulna  on  the  posterior 
face  is  a  deep  pit  to  accommodate  the  posterior  hook-like  process  on  the  proximal  end 
of  the  pyramidal  when  the  manus  is  flexed  backward.  This  pit  is  less  developed 
in  Arclurotherittrn.  The  pisiform  facet  in  DiiwJii/iis  as  in  ArchxiAlieriurii  is  continuous 
with  that  of  the  pyramidal. 

Measurements. 

Hm. 

Ulna-radius,  greatest  length 605 

"  head  of  radius  to  distal  cad 475 

' '  length  of  olecranon  process 157 

"  transverse  diameter  of  head  of  radius 105 

"  "  "         "   shaft  immediately  below  head  of  radius     76 

"  greatest  transverse  diameter  of  distal  end 117 

"  "        antero-posterior  diameter  of  distal  end 83 

The  Manus. 

Scaphoid.  —  The  scaphoid  is  not  present  in  the  manus  of  the  type  specimen  of 
Dinohgus.  Judging,  however,  from  the  proximal  articulation  of  the  magnum  and 
the  corresponding  articulation  of  the  radius,  which  are  quite  broad,  it  is  evident 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION   OP   THE    ENTKLf)DONTrDJ? 


115 


that  the  scaphoid  in  the  Miocene  genus  had  a  relatively  greater  transverse  diam- 
eter than  in  ArcJueotherium  from  the  Oligocene. 

In  1908  the  Carnegie  Museum  field  party  was  fortunate  in  finding  (see  plan  of 
the  quarry,  PI.   LIV,  Sect.   19,  No.  47)  a  fore  foot  which  was  almost  completely 

I       ^ ^ 

■f 


Fia.  70.     Posterior  ( 1 )  and  Anterior  (2)  Views  of  the  Right  Fore  Foot  of  Type  of  /).  hollandi  Peterson.     }  nat.  size. 

ps,  facets  for  palmar  sesamoid. 

articulated.  This  specimen  (No.  2136,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  adds  materially 
to  our  knowledge,  inasmuch  as  the  fore  foot  of  the  type  specimen  was  found  scat- 
tered, though  in  close  proximity  to  the  skeleton. 

The  scaphoid  as  a  whole  has  a  small  transverse  diameter,  while  antero-posteri- 
orly  it  has  the  greatest  diameter  of  all  the  carpal  bones,  which  is  due  chiefly  to  the 
large  palmar  process.  The  more  important  characters  in  which  this  bone  differs 
from  that  of  ArcJiHotheriurn,  described  by  Professor  Scott  (87,  pp.  302-303),  are  the 


116  MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MITSEUM 

relatively  greater  vertical  diameter,  the  enlarged  projection  on  the  dorso-ulnar  angle, 
which  causes  a  slightly  greater  transverse  diameter  in  this  region,  and  also  the 
absence  of  the  third  facet  for  the  lunar  on  the  ulnar  face.  The  articular  surface  for 
the  radius  is  divided  into  two  parts,  an  antero-external  and  a  postero-internal,  as  in 
Archscotherhim.  The  postero-internal  facet  is  saddle-shaped,  concave  antero-j^osteri- 
orly,  and  constitutes  the  principal  articulating  surface  of  the  proximal  face.  The 
antero-external  facet  is  small,  convex,  continuous  with  the  former  facet,  and  descends 
steeply  to  conform  with  the  anterior  portion  of  the  articular  surface  on  the  lunar 
On  the  ulnar  face  of  the  scaphoid  there  are  two  articulating  facets  for  the  lunar, 
one  dorsal  and  one  palmar,  while  in  Archfcoiherium  there  are  three.  The  dorsal 
facet  is  located  on  the  prominent  point  which  overhangs  the  ulnar  surface  of  the 
radius  and  articulates  posteriorly  with  the  proximal  radial  face  of  the  lunar  by  a 
broader  surface  than  is  the  case  in  Archvotlierium.  The  lunar  facet,  which  is 
dorsal  and  distal  in  Archieothcrium.,  is,  as  stated  above,  absent  in  Dinohyus.  This 
facet  though  small  is  quite  distinct  in  the  former  genus,  while  in  Dinohyus,  the 
further  development  of  the  prominent  ridge  on  the  proximal  face  of  the  magnum 
has  so  effectually  separated  the  scaphoid  and  lunar  in  this  region  that  the  two  bones 
perhaps  very  rarely,  if  ever,  came  into  actual  contact.  The  palmar  facet  for  the  lunar 
is  of  large  size  and  occupies  the  entire  lunar  face  of  the  palmar  process  of  the  scaph- 
oid. Between  the  different  facets  the  lunar  face  of  the  scaphoid  is  much  excavated 
and  extensively  arched  in  the  antero-posterior  direction.  The  latter  character  is 
chiefly  due  to  the  excessive  outward  turn  of  the  large  j^almar  process.  Distally  the 
scaphoid  has  three  facets :  one  posterior  for  the  trapezoid,  one  anterior  for  the 
magnum,  while  on  the  ulnar  angle  there  is  a  long  narrow  facet  which  also  articu- 
lates with  the  high  and  antero-posteriorly  directed  ridge  on  the  proximal  face  of  the 
magnum.  The  articular  surface  for  the  trapezoid  is  concave  antero-posteriorly  and 
is  continuous  with  the  surfaces  for  the  magnum.  The  two  latter  surfaces  are  irreg- 
ularly convex  and  concave.  Radially  the  bone  is  quite  rugose  and  gently  convex, 
while  the  anterior  face  is  much  more  convex  from  side  to  side. 

From  Kowalevsky's  illustration  (38,  PI.  XXVI,  fig.  23)  it  would  seem  tlmt  the 
scaphoid  of  EnteJodon  has  a  smaller  antero-posterior  diameter,  when  compared  with 
its  vertical  dimension,  than  is  seen  in  the  American  forms.  In  Anthracotherium  (see 
Kowalevsky,  Paleontographica,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  299  ;  PI.  XI,  fig.  38)  the  scaphoid  has 
a  remarkably  close  similarity  to  the  scaphoid  in  the  Entelodontidiv,  as  has  been 
pointed  out  by  Kowalevsky  and  Scott  (87,  p.  303).  The  scaphoid  in  Sus  and  Hip- 
po2')otamus  on  the  other  hand  is  more  unlike  that  in  the  Entcloduntidir,  being  broader, 
and  of  smaller  antero-posterior  diameter. 


PETF.RSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


117 


Lunar.  —  The  lunar  of  Dlnohyus  is  distinctly  more  modified  than  is  the  case 
in  Entelodon  and  Archvolhermm.  In  Dirwhjius  the  vertical  and  antero-posterior 
diameters  in  relation  to  the  transverse,  are  greater  than  in  tlie  Princeton  specimen, 
a  character  naturally  to  be  looked  for  in  a  later  form.  As  in  Archieotherium,  tlie 
facet  for  the  radius  is  divided  into  two  parts,  an  anterior  and  a  posterior;  the 
former  has  a  less  abruptly  rounded  transverse  lidge  than  in  Archivolherium,  and  the 
latter  has  a  relatively  greater  antero-posterior  diameter  and  is  deflected  on  the  uhiar 
side  to  a  greater  degree.  The  dorsal  face  has  a  slightly  dif- 
ferent outline  from  that  figured  by  Kowalevsky  (38,  PI. 
XXVI,  figs.  21-32),  and  also  different  from  that  which  ap- 
pears in  the  Princeton  specimen.  The  principal  ditterence  in 
outline  from  that  of  the  older  forms  is  caused  by  the  convex 
facet  for  the  magnum  on  tlie  radial  face.  In  ArchmAhemim, 
the  facet  is  altogether  the  reverse,  being  concave  instead  of 
convex  (see  fig.  71).  In  Dinohyus  it  is  seen  that  both  the 
magnum  and  the  unciform  have  yielded  to  tlie  development 
and  modification  of  the  beak  of  the  lunar  so  tliat  the  lateral 
contact  of  the  two  is  entirely  lost  dorsally,  and  the  lower  end 
of  the  lunar  is  almost  in  touch  with  the  proximal  end  of  the 
third  metacarpal  (see  fig.  70,  2).  The  beak  which  is  more 
bluntly  pointed  than  in  ArclLWotfiermm  is  also  apparently 
shifted  farther  toward  the  radial  side  than  in  the  latter  genus. 
The  palmar  face  has  a  more  oblique  outline  above ;  other- 
wise it  is  ({uite  similar  to  that  of  the  Oligocene  genus.  The 
ulnar  side  has  two  facets  for  the  cuneiform,  which  are  almost 
identical  with  those  of  Arch gcuilierium.  The  dorso-proximal 
facet  for  the  scaphoid  is  more  clearly  defined  than  in  Arcfnv- 
otherium  and  the  changed  condition  of  the  dorsal  facet  for  the     oiiierium  crassum  Marsii.  <  uat. 

,     ,     T      ,  .  .       ,1  ]•    1  r  r  j.\       \  size.     (Carn.  Mns.  Cat.  Vert. 

magnum,  as  stated  above,  gives  to  the  radial  tace  oi  tlie  bone     ^       .,    .      ^ 

°  '  '  ^  Foss.,  No.  1  ()(),").) 

a  more  nearly  vertical  position  than  in  the  latter  genus.     The 

posterior  portion  of  the  facet  for  the  magnum  is  recurved  downward  and  developed 

into  a  hook  on  the  posterior  radial  angle,  wliich    is  relatively  larger  than    in  the 

Princeton  specimen. 

Meahurements. 

Mm. 

Lunar,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter CO 

"  "  transverse  "        anteriorly 45 

"  "  "  "        posteriorly 50 

"  "  vertical  "        anteriorly 60. 

"  "  "  "       posteriorly 45 


Fia.  71.     Anterior  View  of 
Portion  of  Fore  Foot  of  Archa'- 


118  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

Pyramidal  — In  Dmohijus  the  posterior  ascending  tubercle  of  the  facet  for  the 
uhia  is  more  prominent  than  in  Archseothermm,  which  results  in  a  greater  concavity 
antero-posteriorly  in  the  former.  The  facet  for  the  ulna  extends  down  on  the  bone  in 
an  unusual  manner  and  hence  it  is  proportionally  greater  than  in  Archieotherium,  Hip- 
2)opotamus,  or  Shs.  The  pisiform  facet  is  more  obhque  than  in  the  Oligocene  form. 
Below  this  facet  is  a  large  and  deeply  excavated  sulcus  which  extends  parallel  to 
the  sharp  ridge  on  which  is  located  the  above  mentioned  facet.  The  radial  face  has 
two  facets  for  the  lunar  ;  the  supero-anterior  one  is  plane,  subtriangular  in  outline, 
and  inclined  obliquely  upward  and  outward  ;  the  postero-inferior  facet  is  convex 
antero-posteriorly  and  concave  supero-inferiorly  and  separated  from  the  ulnar  facet 
by  a  sharp  ridge,  while  in  Archeotheriuvi  the  two  facets  are  separated  by  a  sulcus  of 
considerable  diameter.  The  distal  articular  facet  is  similar  to  that  of  the  Princeton 
specimen  in  every  respect. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 
Pyramidal,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 61 

"         transverse  "        posteriorly 43 

"        vertical  "        anteriorly 43 

"  "        posteriorly 64 

Pisiform.  —  There  is  no  pisiform  present  with  the  type  of  Dinohyus.  In  another 
specimen  (No.  2136,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  the  pisiform  was  found  nearly  in  posi- 
tion and  is  here  described  in  connection  with  the  type  specimen.  There  are  only  slight 
differences  in  the  shape  of  the  pisiform  oi  Dinohyus  and  that  of  the  older  American 
types.  The  facet  for  the  ulna  extends  slightly  further  back  and  is  surrounded  by  a 
much  heavier  border  so  that  the  proximal  face  of  the  shaft  has  a  deep  excavation 
while  in  Archfeotherium  it  is  more  evenly  rounded.  The  facet  for  the  pyramidal  is 
larger  than  that  for  the  ulna.  From  the  attachment  of  the  carpus  the  bone  is 
strongly  recurved  backward  and  radially  as  in  Archwotheriim.  and  the  free  end  is 
enlarged  into  a  thick  knob.  The  bone,  though  comparatively  small,  is  relatively  of 
slightly  larger  size  than  that  of  the  Ohgocene  genus. 

The  pisiform  of  Entelodon,  as  Scott  (87,  p.  304)  has  pointed  out,  is  very  different 
in  its  outline,  though  not  altogether  unlike  that  of  the  American  forms.  Scott 
suggests  that  the  irregular  shape  of  the  pisiform  which  Kowalevsky  (38,  PI.  XXVI, 
fig.  27)  figures  "might  be  due  to  disease."  It  would,  however,  seem  from  the  illus- 
tration that  the  facets  also  differ  in  having  an  irregular  convexity  while  in  the 
American  forms  they  are  obliquely  concave.  The  pisiform  of  Anthracotherium  is 
considerably  larger  and  somewhat  different  in  form,  having  a  more  decided  shaft,  a 
less  club-shaped  free  end,  and  apparently  differently  shaped  articular  facets  for  the 


PETERSON:     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDTE  119 

carpus  and  ulna  (Palaeontographica,  Vol.  XXII,  PI.  XI,  fig.  58).  In  Stis  the 
pisiform  is  shorter,  thinner,  and  deeper,  while  in  Hippopotamus  it  has  a  general 
similarity  to  the  pisiform  of  the  EntelodontidiE. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Pisiform,  greatest  length 70 

"        vertical  diameter  of  proximal  end 32 

"        transverse    "         "  "  "   31 

"  "  "         "    distal  "   32 

"        vertical        "         "        "  "  30 

Trapezium. — The  trapezium  of  Dinohyas  is  no  doubt  entirely  wanting,  judg- 
ing from  its  rudimentary  condition  in  the  Oligocene  genus,"  and  its  entire  absence 
in  the  John  Day  form.  Professor  Cope  states  (10,  pp.  62-63)  that  there  is  no  trace 
of  a  facet  for  a  trapezium  on  the  trapezoid  of  Bodchosnis  hunierosus,  which  was  veri- 
fied by  me  on  examination  of  the  type  specimen  in  the  American  Museum.'" 

Trapezoid.  —  Though  absent  in  the  type  of  Dlnohyus  this  bone  was  found  in  posi- 
tion on  the  magnum  of  a  fore  foot,  found  in  section  19  (see  plan  of  quarry,  PI.  LIV, 
No.  47)  and  is  here  described. 

The  transverse  diameter  of  the  trapezoid  (No.  2]36,Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.) 
is  only  two  millimeters  greater  than  in  Archieotheriarn,  while  the  antero-posterior 
diameter  is  proportionately  somewhat  greater.  The  bone  is  consequently  much  com- 
pressed laterally  and  has  a  subquadrate  outline,  when  viewed  from  its  ulnar  face. 
Radially  the  proximal  face  is  more  rounded  before  backward,  by  the  articulating  sur- 
face for  the  scaphoid,  which  gives  this  (radial)  face  a  more  irregular  quadrate  appear- 
ance. The  transverse  diameter  of  the  bone  is  greatest  proximally,  and  it  gradually 
tapers  distally,  terminating  in  a  border,  which  is  rather  narrow  and  rounded  inferiorly. 
The  facet  for  the  scaphoid  is  obliquely  convex  antero-posteriorly  and  extends  well 
back  on  the  posterior  face  of  the  bone.  The  ulnar  face  bears  three  facets  for  the  mag- 
num, two  of  which  are  distal  ami  one  proximal.  The  proximal  facet  is  well  defined 
near  the  dorsal  face  and  continues  backward  as  a  smooth  rounded  ridge  on  the  proxi- 
mo-ulnar  angle.  The  two  distal  facets  are  a  palmar  and  a  dorsal,  and  may  be  regarded 
as  practically  one  facet,  as  they  are  divided  only  by  a  very  shallow,  almost  imper- 
ceptible, groove,  while  in  Archxotherhmi  there  is  a  moderately  large  median  swelling 
on  the  ulnar  face  which  puts  the  two  facets  at  a  considerable  angle  with  each  other. 

"*  There  is,  in  the  Princeton  specimen  described  by  Professor  Scott,  a  trapezium  with  a  well  formed  facet  for  the 
trapezoid,  and  the  bone,  though  laterally  compressed,  is  of  considerable  size  antero-posteriorly  and  extends  well  down 
over  Mc.  II,  but  does  not  articulate  with  the  latter.     (See  fig.  10  on  page  55.) 

"In  my  note  book  I  find  the  following  statement  regarding  the  trapezium  of  Bo'uchceriis  :  "  The  trapezoid  has  a 
small  pit  radially  which  may  have  lodged  a  trapezium,  but  there  is  no  distinct  facet." 


120  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE   MUSEUM 

Between  the  proximal  and  distal  facets  the  surface  of  the  bone  is  very  slightly 
excavated  while  the  corresponding  face  on  the  magnum  is  very  deeply  excavated, 
forming  a  large  sinus.  Radially  there  is  but  one  small  facet :  that  for  the 
rudimentary    Mc.  II  (see  fig.  72).     This  facet  is  situated  near  the  dorsal  face  and 

has  a  radial  position,  while  that  in  Archxothe- 
tA      rium  described  by  Professor  Scott  (87,  p-  305) 
is  directly  on  the  distal  face.     There  is  no  facet 
S'i'i:  fi'^  '\'i'<j  foi'  the  trapezium,  while  in  Archieotherium  the 
facet  is  quite  plain  and  the  trapezium  is  present. 
^,^u    \^  *i%^  ,^/  In  the  European  genus  Entelodon  the  trap- 

FlG.  72.     Radial  and  Palmar  Views  of  Magnum      CZoid  is  UOt  kuOWU,  wllich  is  alsO  trUC  of  Authm- 
with  Trapezoid  in  Position.     J  nat.  size.     (Cam.       cotJlCriuin. 
Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Fobs.,  No.  2136.)  rm        .  •  j    •       o  j       i         •_    tf 

ihe  trapezoid  m  bus  and  also  in  Hippo- 

potamus  is  relatively  large ;  it  has  more  functional  importance  in  the  make-up  of 

the  carpus,  and  can  hardly  be  compared  with  the  rudimentary  form,  which  the  bone 

possesses  in  the  Entelodontidx. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Trapezoid,  antero-posterior  diameter 28 

"  transver.se  "        12 

"  vertical  " 25 

Magnum.  —  Proximally  there  are  two  oblique  facets  on  the  magnum  :  an 
antero-radial  for  the  scaphoid ;  and  a  postero-ulnar  for  the  lunar.  The  former 
facet  is  concave  from  side  to  side  and  convexo-concave  from  before  backward.  The 
latter  facet  is  convex  antero-posteriorly  and  concave  on  the  postero-ulnar  angle 
presenting  a  sinuous  surface,  which  terminates  behind  in  a  beak-like  process  on  the 
proximo-ulnar  angle  of  the  palmar  process.  In  Archcvotherium  the  palmar  process 
is  placed  more  distally  and  has  not  an  upward  recurved  beak,  as  in  the  present 
genus.  The  facet  for  the  scaphoid  is  relatively  broader  and  more  concave  on  the 
ulnar  angle  than  in  the  Princeton  specimen.  The  facet  for  the  lunar  has  a  propor- 
tionally smaller  transverse  diameter  than  in  Archscothermm  and  the  dorsal  contact 
with  the  lunar  is  entirely  lateral  and  concave  supero-inferiorly,  while  in  Archseo- 
therium  it  is  convex  in  order  to  receive  the  conceve  facet  of  the  lunar,  as  stated 
above.  The  ulnar  side  has  two  deeply  excavated  areas  ;  one  of  large  size  in  front, 
and  one  smaller,  back  of  a  broad  obliquely  located  ridge,  which  terminates  above  in 
the  lateral  facet  for  the  unciform.  This  ridge  is  much  less  developed  in  Archfvo- 
therium.  The  groove  for  the  trapezoid  seen  in  the  latter  genus  is  less  clearly  defined 
in  its  vertical    portion  in   Dmohijus,  while  in  the  antero-posterior  direction  it  is 


PETERSON:     A    REVISION    OF    THE    ENTELODONTID.E  121 

broadly  developed.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  extension  of  the  superior 
border  articulates  with  the  scaphoid,  while  the  inferior  border  articulates  with  Mc. 
Ill  in  Dinohyus.  The  articulation  for  the  trapezoid  is  also  relatively  smaller  and 
reduced  to  two  facets,  a  small  superior  and  a  larger  inferior,  while  in  Arclurotherium 
there  are  three  facets,  one  superior  and  two  inferior.  The  palmar  process  is  com- 
pressed laterally,  but  attains  a  considerable  vertical  diameter,  reaching  the  lunar 
above  and  articulating  with  it  by  a  beak-like  process  referred  to  above.  The  position 
of  the  palmar  process  is  oblique  and  the  shape  is  thus  very  different  from  what  ap- 
pears in  the  Princeton  specimen,  described  by  Professor  Scott  (87,  p.  306),  which  has 
a  more  rounded  palmar  process.  The  head  of  the  magnum  rises  more  abruptly 
toward  the  palmar  side  in  Dinohyus  than  in  the  Oligocene  genus,  which  Scott  used 
for  his  comparison  with  the  European  form.  In  the  latter  Scott  says  "  the  head  of 
the  magnum  rises  less  abruptly  toward  the  palmar  side."  In  Hipiwpotamus  the 
palmar  hook  is  even  more  prominent,  but  is  placed  more  transversely  and  is  ex- 
tended more  downward  than  in  Dinohyus.  Distally  there  is  in  the  latter  genus  only 
one  articulation,  that  for  the  third  metacarpal.  It  is  concave  antero-posteriorly 
and  convex  laterally.  The  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  facet  is  proportionally 
greater  than  in  Archxotherium  ingens. 

The  magnum  of  Entelodon  figured  by  Kowalevsky  (38,  PI.  XXVI,  figs.  21,  23, 
29-32)  is,  as  Scott  has  stated  (87,  306),  generally  similar  to  that  in  the  American 
genera,  but  there  are  a  number  of  minor  differences.  The  facet  for  the  scaphoid  in 
the  European  genus  is  less  horizontal ;  the  facet  for  the  lunar  is  more  oval  in  form 
and  is  not  continued  outward  on  the  palmar  hook ;  the  articulation  for  the  trape- 
zoid is  relatively  larger  and  is  in  a  different  position,  /.  e.,  near  the  dorsal  face  and 
also  at  the  palmo-distal  angle  of  the  bone.  The  palmar  process  is  relatively  as  large 
as  in  Dinohyus,  but  different  in  shape,  being  more  rounded.  The  sulcus,  which  on 
the  distal  ulnar  face  separates  the  lunar  facet,  is  very  much  smaller  than  in  Dinohyus. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Magnum,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 70 

"  "         transverse  "        posteriorly 47 

"  "  "  "        anteriorly 43 

''  "        vertical  "        58 

"  "  "  "        anteriorly 31 

Unciform.  —  The  greatest  antero-posterior  and  transvei'se  diameters  of  the  unci- 
form are  very  nearly  equal.  The  bone  as  a  whole  is  massive,  and  is,  as  in  Boochaerus 
hiimerosus,  the  second  largest  bone  of  the  carpus.  Its  anterior  face  is  rugose  and 
unevenly  convex  transversely.     Posteriorly  there  is  a  palmar  hook  not  unlike  that 


122  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEC4IE    MUSEUM 

of  Hippopotamus,  though  somewhat  less  produced  downwards.  At  the  base  of  this 
palmar  process  on  the  ulnar  side  there  is  a  facet  for  Mc.  V,  which  meets  the  facet 
for  the  pyramidal  at  right  angles.  In  Archaeotherium  ingens  these  two  facets  are 
separated  by  a  considerable  surface,  which  is  concave  vei'tically  and  convex  trans- 
versely. The  radial  side  is  occupied  by  a  large  facet  for  IMc.  Ill,  which  is  strongly 
incHned  radially.  Back  of  this  facet  is  a  large  excavated  area,  which  extends  over 
the"  remainder  of  the  radial  face  of  the  bone.  The  small  oblique  facet  for  the  mag- 
num on  the  radial  angle  of  the  unciform  in  Archasotherium  is  almost  entirely  proximal 
in  Dinohyus,  and  passes  imperceptibly  into  the  lunar  facet.  Proximally  the  lunar 
and  pyramidal  articulations  are  divided  by  a  prominent  ridge,  which  extends ^ntero- 
postei-iorly,  the  pyramidal  facet  being  the  larger  of  the  two.  The  distal  face  is  occu- 
pied almost  entirely  by  the  large  facet  for  the  fourth  metacarpal,  which  on  the 
radial  angle  presents  an  abrupt  continuation  of  the  facet  for  Mc.  Ill  as  in  Archsso- 
therium.  There  is  no  dorsal  articular  surface  for  the  magnum  on  the  radial  face,  as 
in  older  forms'*  of  this  family,  and  these  two  bones  (unciform  and  magnvim)  when  in 
position  in  the  carpus  ajjpear  well  separated  (see  fig.  70). 

Professor  Scott  has  already  pointed  out  that  "  the  unciform  of  Kowalevsky's 
specimen  does  not  differ  in  any  significant  way  from  that  of  the  American  species  " 
(87,  p.  306).  In  Hippopotamus  and  Sus  the  unciform  is  larger,  which  is  due  to  the 
tetradactylous  condition  of  the  feet  in  these  genera. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Unciform,  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 64 

"  "       transverse  "        54 

"  "       vertical  "         47 

Metacarp)al  II.  —  The  second  metacarpal  is  not  present  in  the  t^'pe  of  Dinohyus, 
but  a  deep  vertical  groove  on  the  lateral  face  and  a  minute  articular  facet  on  the 
proximal  angle  of  the  third  metacarpal  indicate  the  presence  of  this  bone.  In 
my  notes  on  Boochcerus  hwncrosus  in  the  American  Museum,  I  find  it  stated  that 
Metacarpal  II  has  two  facets  proximally  :  one  small  one  for  the  trapezoid  and  a 
larger  one  for  the  facet  on  the  radial  face  of  Mc.  III.  The  reduction  of  these  two 
elements  (trapezoid  and  Mc.  II)  in  the  manus  of  the  Nebraskan  Miocene  form  is  in 
all  probability  carried  to  a  greater  degree  than  in  the  John  Day  form.  The  second 
metacarpals  of  the  fore  feet  are  present  in  the  Princeton  specimen,  which  Professor 

'"In  the  type  of  ISoocharus  humero$its  the  unciform  and  magnum  are  separated,  but  not  to  the  same  extent  as  in 
Dinohyus;  the  beak  of  the  lunar  in  the  latter  genus  extends  lower  down  than  in  the  former.  This  fact  is  not  well  illus- 
trated in  fig.  15  on  page  61  where  the  lunar  appears  too  low. 


PETERSON:     A    REVISION   OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^  123 

Scott  described  (/.  c,  p.  307).  They  are  small  nodular  bones  with  well  defined  facets 
for  Mc.  Ill,  the  magnum,  and  the  trapezoid,  but  with  no  facet  for  the  trapezium. 

Metacarpal  III.  —  Unfortunately  the  third  metacarpal  is  represented  only  by 
the  proximal  and  distal  ends,  as  the  contact  of  the  shaft  was  lost  in  collecting  the 
material.  The  head  is  much  expanded  transversely,  especially  on  the  ulnar  side, 
which  has  a  heavy  cubital  process  articulating  with  Mc.  IV  and  the  unciform  in  an 
interlocking  manner.  Besides  the  dorsal  articulation  for  Mc.  IV,  there  is  also  a 
palmar  articulation  on  the  ulnar* side,  which  is  located  on  the  very  prominent  palmar 
process.  Continuous  with  the  latter  facet,  and  separated  from  it  only  by  a  sharply 
defined  ridge,  is  a  facet  evidently  for  a  palmar  sesamoid.'^'  Proximally  the  bone  is 
taken  up  by  the  large  facet  for  the  magnum,  which  is  convex  antero-posteriorly  and 
concave  laterally.  On  the  dorso-ulnar  angle  is  a  smaller  and  obliquely  placed  facet 
for  the  unciform  referred  to  above.  The  radial  side  is  excavated  quite  deeply  and  has 
two  facets,  one  dorsal  and  one  palmar,  for  the  rudimentary  Mc.  II ;  the  dorsal  facet 
is  quite  large  and  is  wedge-shaped  in  outline  with  the  apex  downward  ;  the  palmar 
facet  consists  only  of  a  minute  rounded  ridge  on  the  radial  angle  of  the  articular 
surface  of  the  magnum.  The  shaft  of  the  bone  is  quite  broad  transversely  and  com- 
pressed antero-posteriorly.  When  held  in  a  vertical  position  the  distal  trochlea  is 
well  shown  on  the  anterior  face  of  the  bone,  less  so  behind.  The  metapodial  keel 
is  confined  only  to  the  jDlantar  portion  and  is  proportiojiately  less  developed  than  in 
the  Oligocene  genus.  In  general  appearance  there  are  no  very  marked  differences 
of  the  metacarpals  from  those  of  the  known  earlier  forms ;  though  in  the  present 
genus  they  are  relatively  of  slightly  greater  length,  and  have  rugosities  on  the  inner 
sides.  The  comparative  length  of  the  metapodials  with  the  upper  arm-bones  is  a 
significant  feature  in  Dinohyus. 

Professor  Scott  states  that  the  third  metacarpal  in  Kowalevsky's  specimen  (87, 
p.  307)  "  does  not  differ  in  any  important  way  from  that  of  the  American  species, 
though  the  magnum  facet  is  somewhat  more  concave  transversely  and  the  shaft  is 
rather  more  slender."  Kowalevsky,  however,  points  out  (38,  p.  444,  PI.  XXVI,  fig.  23) 
that  there  are  three  facets  on  the  radial  face  of  Mc.  Ill,  of  which  the  two  lower  undoubt- 
edly articulated  with  the  rudimentary  Mc.  II,  while  the  upper  one  articulated  with 
the  trapezoid.  In  all  the  specimens  of  the  American  forms,  which  I  have  examined 
and  in  which  these  parts  were  present,  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  more  than  two 
facets,  those  for  Mc.  II,  on  the  radial  face  of  Mc.  III.  From  this  fact  it  is  quite  evi- 
dent that  the  trapezoid  in  Entclodon  had  not  suffered  the  reduction,  wliich  is  seen 

'■'  In  specimen  No.  2136  {Cam.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss. )  this  palmar  process  was  found  very  nearly  in  position  (see 
fig.70,p8.). 


124  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

in  the  American  forms,  and  had  a  somewhat  similar  though  less  prominent  contact 
with  Mc.  Ill,  as  in  Sus.  In  Anthracotherium,  the  general  similarity  of  Mc.  Ill 
(Palfeontographica,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  308,  PI.  XIII,  fig.  80)  to  that  of  the  Entelodontidse 
is  quite  striking,  as  Scott  has  pointed  out,  but  it  "  is  relatively  heavier  ;  at  the  prox- 
imal end  the  tubercle  for  the  insertion  of  the  extensor  carpi  radialis  muscle  is  more 
conspicuous,  and  the  palmar  projection  of  the  head  more  prominent."  To  this 
might  also  be  added  that  the  facet  for  the  trapezoid  is  apparently  indicated,  which  is 
naturally  to  be  expected  in  a  tetradactyl  form,  although  Kowalevsky  does  not 

mention  it. 

Measurements. 

Type  No.  1.59t         No.  2136. 
Mm.  Mm. 

Metacarpal  III,  greatest  length 240 

"           "      antero-posterior  diameter,  proximal  end 57  58 

"            "      transverse                  "                 "           "    57  65 

"           "     antero-posterior        "               distal  end 45  46 

"            "     transverse                   "                 "           "    54  55 

Metacariml  IV.  —  The  fourth  metacarpal  is  complete  in  the  type,  and,  as  in  the 
earlier  forms  of  this  family,  smaller  than  the  third.  There  are  two  articulating 
surfaces  on  the  proximal  face,  one  for  the  unciform  and  the  other  for  Mc.  III.  The 
former  is  large  and  nearly  triangular  in  outline  ;  the  latter  has  a  wedge-shaped  out- 
line with  the  apex  directed  posteriorly.  On  the  radial  side  are  two  facets,  one  dorsal 
and  the  other  palmar  ;  the  two  articulate  with  Mc.  III.  On  the  radio-palmar  angle 
is  a  third  facet  of  small  size,  which  supports  a  palmar  sesamoid  (see  fig.  70).  On  the 
ulnar  side  there  is  a  prominent  process,  which  has  a  round  articular  surface  for  Mc. 
V.  The  shaft  has  the  greatest  constriction  immediately  below  the  head  and  gradu- 
ally becomes  wider  distally.     There  is  no  essential  difference  in  the  distal  trocidea 

from  that  of  Mc.  III. 

Measurements. 

Type  No.  1594.  No.  2136. 

Mm.  Mm. 

Metacarpal  IV,  greatest  length 215  220 

"           "     antero-posterior  diameter,  proximal  end 58  56 

"           "     transverse                 "                '■            "  62  63 

"           "     antero-posterior  diameter,  distal  end 44  45 

"           "     transverse                  "              "       "  55  57 

Metacarijol  V.  —  The  fifth  metacarpal  is  a  rudimentary  almond-shaped  sesamoid 
which  is  of  about  the  same  proportionate  size  as  that  in  Archeeotherium.^-  Proxi- 
mally  there  are  two  distinct  articular  surfaces  :  a  superior  one  for  the  unciform,  and 
an  inferior  one  for  Mc.  IV. 

■■^  The  fifth  metacarpal  in  iJoScAoTus  A  uHierosws  from  the  John  Day  formation  is  apparently  of  greater  size  and 
also  longer  than  in  Dinohyus. 


PETERSON  :     A   REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E  1 25 

Measurements. 

Um. 

Metacarpal  "V,  greatest  length 40 

"  "     transverse  diameter 25 

Phalanges. — The  proximal  and  second  phalanges  are  broad  and  depressed. 
The  proximal  phalanx  has  a  shallow  groove  for  the  metapodial  keel,  confined  to  the 
plantar  portion  of  the  proximal  articulation.  Distally  there  is  a  smooth  articular 
surface  for  the  second  phalanx,  which  is  convex  antero-posteriorly  and  concave 
transversely.  The  articulation  is  carried  around  upon  the  plantar  surface  of  the 
bone,  but  does  not  extend  very  high  up  on  the  dorsal  face.  The  plantar  face  has 
prominent  rugosities  for  attachments  not  unlike  what  is  seen  in  the  recent  camels. 
The  second  phalanx  is  even  more  suggestive  of  the  camel  though  relatively  much 
shorter  and  less  depressed.  It  is  unusually  broad  on  the  plantar  face,  but  slopes 
rapidly  dorsally.  The  proximal  end  has  a  smooth  surface,  which  is  deeply  concave 
supero-inferiorly  and  gently  convex  laterally,  to  receive  the  correspondingly  smooth 
surface  of  the  distal  end  of  the  proximal  phalanx.  The  distal  trochlea  is  flexed  in  a 
much  greater  degree,  especially  dorsally,  than  that  of  the  proximal  phalanx.  The 
bone  is  quite  asymmetrical,  having  the  internal  border  shorter  than  the  external  and 
also  very  rugose  and  heavy,  while  the  external  border  shows  no  unusual  characters. 

The  ungual  phalanges  of  the  fore  foot  are  not  present  in  the  type,  but  fortu- 
nately they  are  represented  in  the  fore  foot  of  specimen  No.  2136  (Carn.  Mus.  Cat. 
Vert.  Foss.).  This  bone  is  unusually  short  and  quite  high.  Anteriorly  the  ungual 
phalanx  is  much  truncated  and  the  bone  as  a  whole  has  a  curious  nodular  shape.  The 
plantar  surface  is  quite  broad  and  convex  in  all  directions  except  posteriorly.  The 
sides  slope  rapidly  to  form  a  rounded  and  prominent  dorsal  ridge  ;  this  ridge  termi- 
nates on  the  postero-dorsal  angle  in  a  broad,  rather  large  and  truncated  tubercle 
for  ligamentary  attachments.  Proximally  there  are  two  articulating  facets  for  the 
phalanx  of  the  second  row,  an  external  and  an  internal,  and  these  are  imperfectly 
divided  by  an  oblique  ridge. 

The  phalanges  of  Entelodon,  which  Kowalevsky  figures  (38,  PI.  XXVII,  fig.  38), 
are  quite  similar  in  shape  to  those  in  the  American  forms,  except  that  the  proximal 
phalanx  according  to  this  author  is  relatively  longer  in  Entelodon.  By  comparative 
measurements  it  seems  that  the  three '^  phalanges  of  a  digit  in  Entcledon  are  together 
perhaps  longer  than  those  in  the  American  genera  of  this  family  ;  in  Sux  the  pha- 
langes are  of  a  different  shape,  the  proximal  being  thicker  in  proportion  to  its 
length,  with  a  deeply  grooved  proximal  trochlea  for  the  keel  of  the  distal  end  of  the 
metapodial,  while  the  ungual  is  longer,  broader,  and  more  pointed.     In  the  Ameri- 

^  The  ungual  phalanx  of  Entelodon  is  not  known  and  is  here  only  estimated. 


126 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


can  forms  of  the  Entelodontldie  on  the  other  hand  the  three  phalanges  together  are 
far  from  being  as  long  as  the  metapodial.  In  Hippopotamus  the  ungual  is  reduced 
and  has  a  nodular  form,  as  in  the  Entelodonts,  while  the  proximal  and  median 
phalanges  are  broad  and  very  heavy. 

Measurements. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length  of  a  first  phalanx 78 

' '        transverse  diameter  of  a  first  phalanx,  proximally 54 

"        antero-posterior  diameter  of  a  first  phalanx,  proximally 44 

"        transverse  "  "       "  "  distally 48 

"        antero-posterior         "  "       "  "  "       38 

"        length  of  a  second  phalanx .58 

' '       transverse  diameter  of  a  second  phalanx,  posteriorly 41 

"        antero-posterior  diameter  of  a  second  phalanx,  posteriorly 35 

"  "  "  "         "  "         distally 38 

"        transverse  "  "         "  "  "       43 

The  Hind  Limb. 
Pelvis.  —  The  only  part  of  the  pelvis  of  the  type  which  is  preserved  is  the  pos- 
terior portion  of  the  pubic  symphysis.     This  fragment  agrees,  except  in  its  larger 

size,  with  the  corresponding  portion 
of  ArcJumtJterium  ingens  from  theOli- 
gocene. 

In  one  individual  of  D'mohyus 
(No.  2126,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert. 
Foss.),  secured  in  1908  in  Quarry  No. 
1,  Sec.  17  (see  plan  of  quariy,  PI. 
LIV)  there  is  found  a  nearly  complete 
half  of  a  pelvis,  not  fully  adolescent, 
but  which  apparently  agrees  quite 
well  in  size  with  the  type.  A  second 
specimen  (No.  2139,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat. 
Vert.  Foss.)  of  smaller  size  found  in 
section  19  (No.  33)  has  the  pelvis 
practically  complete.  The  former 
specimen  will  be  used  in  this  de- 
scription as  a  paratype,  while  the 
latter,  which  may  represent  another 
species,  is  used  only  to  more  fully  elucidate  the  description. 

It  is  at  once  observed  that  the  pelvis  of  Dinohyus  is  relatively  shorter  though 


Fio.  73.     Superior  View  of  Pelvis  of  D.  hoUandi  Peterson, 
nat.  size.     (Cam.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.,  No.  2126.) 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


127 


slightly  deeper  than  that  of  Archseotherium  ingens  from  the  lower  Oligocene 
formation.  The  shortening  of  the  pelvis  is  principally  confined  to  the  region 
back  of  the  acetabulum.  The  ilium  has  nearly  the  same  relative  length  as  in  the 
Oligocene  genus,  and  its  anterior  plate  is  suddenly  expanded  into  a  strongly  everted 
antero-inferior  portion.  The  dorsal  surface  of  the  ilium  is  basin-like,  the  entire 
crest  having  a  slightly  everted  border.  Ventrally  it  is  strongly  convex  and  the 
greater  portion  of  its  surface  is  taken  up  with  the  attachment  for  the  sacrum.  The 
latter  is  so  placed  that  when  articulated  with  the  vertebral  column  the  pelvis 
has  a  more  vertical  position  than  in  Archxotherium.  The  shaft  of  the  ilium  is 
relatively  shorter  than  in  Archseotherium,  but  has  the  same  general  trihedral  out- 


FlG.  74.     (1)  Lateral  View  of  Pelvis  of  Archnolherium  ingens  Leidy  (Princeton  Mnseura,  No.  10885).     (2)  Lateral 
View  of  Pelvis  of  Dinohyus  hoUandi  Peterson  (Carn.  Mos.  Cat.  Vert.  Fobs.,  No. 2126).     ?,  nat.  size. 

lines,  while  its  ilio-pectineal  tubercle  on  the  inferior  border  is  heavier  than  in 
the  latter  genus.  The  great  sacro-sciatic  notch  has  a  heavy  rounded  border  on  its 
anterior  margin,  while  further  back  the  border  becomes  sharper,  though  not  to  the 
same  degree  as  in  Archicotherium.  The  ventral  or  anterior  border  of  the  ilium  has 
a  sharper  border  than  the  notch  above  and  is  arched  to  a  greater  degree  than  in 
Archxofheriuiib,  which  is  chiefly  due  to  the  larger  development  of  the  ilio-pectineal 
eminence  in  the  Miocene  genus.     In  HijJj^oputariius  the  ilium  is  not  very  like  that 


128  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

of  the  Entelodontidn',  the  peduncle  being  shorter  and  much  heavier,  the  iUo-pectineal 
eminence  wanting  (except  a  shght  enlargement  at  the  extreme  anterior  border  of 
the  acetabulum),  and  the  anterior  portion  flares  out  into  a  heavy  fan-shaped  plate 
with  little  or  no  eversion  such  as  is  found  in  Archxotherium  and  DinoJnjtis. 

The  ischium,  as  has  already  been  said,  is  much  shorter  in  Dhwhi/us,  and  its 
vertical  diameter  posteriorly  is  somewhat  greater  than  in  the  Princeton  specimen. 
The  depressed  area  for  ligamentary  attachments  takes  up  a  considerable  space 
of  the  acetabulum  and  the  cotyloid  notch  is  wide,  though  quite  shallow.  The 
dorsal  border,  or  spine,  of  the  ischium  is  not  nearly  so  prominent  as  in  Archseothe- 
rimii,  and  the  lesser  sacro-sciatic  notch  is  quite  short,  with  a  heavy  rounded  border, 
which  gradually  decreases  in  its  backward  trend.  Posteriorly  this  notch  is  suddenly 
recurved,  due  to  the  anterior  extension  of  the  prominent  tuberosity  of  the  ischium. 

The  vertical  diameter  of  the  ischium  from  the  point  of  the  tuberosity  to  the 
symphysial  border,  is  relatively  somewhat  greater  in  Dinohyus  than  in  Archieothe- 
rium,  and  this  results  in  giving  the  former  genus  a  slightly  deeper  jaelvic  cavity. 
In  Hiiypopoiamus  the  body  of  the  ischium  back  of  the  acetabulum  is  longer  and  more 
nearly  circular  in  outline  than  is  known  in  the  Entelodonts,  and  posteriorly  it  flares 
out  to  form  a  heavy  tuberosity  as  in  the  latter  family,  but  the  symphysis  of  the 
ischium  is  rather  delicately  developed.  Another  important  difference  is  seen  in  the 
small  area  of  the  acetabulum  taken  up  by  the  ligamentary  attachments  and  the 
small  deep  cotyloid  notch  in  Hippopotamus. 

The  pubis,  though  short,  is  relatively  slightly  longer  than  in  Ardmothermm.  In 
the  region  of  the  spine  the  pubis  is  very  heavy  and  there  is  a  large  symphysial  sur- 
face which  meets  that  of  its  fellow,  making  the  symphysis  unusually  heavy.  Further 
back  the  ramus  of  the  pubis  is  thinner  and  unites  with  the  ischium  to  form  the 
lower  border  of  the  obturator  foramen.  The  latter  is  of  large  size,  but  is,  as  might 
be  expected,  less  elongated  in  the  antero-posterior  direction  than  in  Archseotherium. 
In  neither  Sus  nor  Hippopotamus  is  there  any  marked  similarity  to  the  Entelodonts 
in  the  region  of  the  pelvis,  though  there  is  more  general  resemblance,  as  Professor 
Scott  has  stated  (87,  p.  310),  between  the  latter  genus  and  the  Entelodonts  than 

there  is  in  the  former. 

Measurements  of  Pelvis. 

Hm. 

Greatest  length,  approximately 490 

Length  from  middle  of  acetabulum  to  end  of  ischium 195 

"  "  "       "  "  "  crest  of  ilium,  approximately 300 

Greatest  vertical  diameter  of  ischium 192 

Femur.  —  The  femur  is  complete,  except  the  great  trochanter  which  was  lost  in 
the  process  of  collecting.     The  femur  is  long   and  slender,   but   proportionately 


PETEKSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.K 


129 


heavier,  and  also  considerably  shorter,  than  in  the  Princeton  specimen.  The  head 
is  well  rounded  ;  it  is  set  on  a  distinct  neck,  and  the  depression  for  the  liganientum 
teres  is  rather  small  and  shallow.  The  lesser  trochanter  is  quite  lai-ge,  and  projects, 
as  in  the  Oligocene  genus,  almost  entii-ely  l)ackward.^'  Between  the  greater  and 
lesser  trochanters  is  a  ridge  extending  obliquely  across  the  posterior  face  of  the  shaft 
which  is  more  prominent  in  the  present 
genus  than  in  ArcJucotlierium.  Immediately 
in  front  and  superior  to  the  lesser  trochanter 
is  a  prominent  and  vei'y  rugose  ridge,  which 
runs  parallel  with  the  shaft  and  is  separated 
from  it  by  a  deep  groove.  The  middle  re- 
gion of  the  shaft  is  proportionally  less  con- 
stricted than  in  Arduvotlierium  and  the  linea 
aspera  is  more  developed  than  in  the  latter 
genus,  a  character  which  agrees  better  with 
what  we  know  of  Boocluvrus  through  C'ope 
(10,  p.  65).  The  large  and  rugose  groove 
above  the  external  condyle,  for  the  plantaris 
muscle,  terminates  above  in  a  heavy  and 
very  rugose  tubercle ;  immediately  above 
the  internal  condyle  on  the  posterior  angle 
there  is  a  prominent  ridge  for  muscular 
attachment.  The  shaft  of  the  femur  as  a 
whole  is  more  arched  than  in  the  Princeton 
specimen.  The  rotular  trochlea  is  short,  not 
very  deep,  but  broad,  and  slightly  oblique. 
The  condyles  are  rather  small,  the  external 

Fia.  75.     Interaal  and  Anterior  ^'ie^vs  of  Feiunr  of 

being   the   larger   of  the  two,    and   placed  Type  of  i).  ;.o//««<;;  Peterson.    ]  nat.  size. 

more  directly  fore-and-aft  than  the  internal. 

The  intercondylar  fossa  is  deep,  oblique,  and  wider  in  front  than  behind. 

One  of  the  more  important  differences  between  JJinohy us  and  Boocharus  humer- 
osus  is  revealed  in  the  comparative  diameter  of  the  distal  end  of  the  femur.  In  Di- 
nohyus  the  femur  has  the  antero-posterior  diameter  proportionately  greater  than  in 
Archxotherium  ingens,  and  in  this  respect  Dlnohijus  more  nearly  resembles  Hippo- 
potamus,  while,  in  Bodchtcrus  himerosius  the  diameter  of  the  distal  end  is  more  nearly 

"  Cope  states  (Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Vol.  V,  p.  65, 1880)  tliat  the  lesser  "  trochanter  is  large  and  projecta  well 
Inwards." 


130  MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

equal  transversely  and  antero-posteriorly,  like  what  may  be  observed  in  Stcs  and 
the  23eccaries.  Unfortunately  no  complete  femur  of  Bobclumis  humerosus  has  been 
as  yet  discovered  and  we  are  therefore  unable  to  compare  it  with  the  correspond- 
ing bone  of  earlier  and  later  forms. 

Measurements  of  Femur. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 470 

"         transverse  diameter  of  proximal  end,  approximately 155 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  head 63 

Transverse  "  ''       "    63 

Greatest   antero-posterior  diameter  of  distal  end,  approximately 144 

"        transverse  "  "       "        "   120 

(transverse 53 

Diameter  of  shaft  at  middle < 

(  antero-posterior 56 

Patella.  — The  patella  which  was  found  with  the  type  and  undoubtedly  belongs 
to  the  same  individual,  is  quite  different  from  those  found  with  the  Princeton  speci- 
men. The  diameters  are  relatively  smaller  in  the  vertical  and  antero-posterior  direc- 
tions, while  transversely  they  are  greater  than  in  Archfcothermm.  The  general  out- 
line of  the  bone  is  sub-oval,  with  a  short,  blunt  process  below  and  an  angle  greater  in- 
ternally than  externally.  It  is  evenly  convex  in  front.  The  articular  facet  for  the 
rotular  trochlea  of  the  femur  is  evenly  rounded  without  a  separating  ridge,  which 
agrees  perfectly  with  the  condition  of  the  groove  of  the  femur.  The  patella  of  Di- 
nohyus  is  further  characterized  by  having  a  considerable  rugose  area  on  the  postero- 
internal angle  which  is  separated  from  the  main  articulation  by  a  very  narrow, 


Fig.  76.     Lateral,  Posterior,  and  Anterior  Views  of  Patella  of  Type  of  -D.  hollandi  Peterson.     \  nat.  size. 

but  well  marked  groove.  In  Archwotherium  instead  of  this  rugose  area  there  is  a 
small  recurved  tubercle,  which  adds  to  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  femoral  articu- 
lation of  the  patella.  The  patella  of  Booduerus  humerosus  is  relatively  larger  than  that 
of  Dlnohijus  hollandi  and  in  this  respect  more  nearly  resembles  that  of  Archxothermm 
ingens ;  the  general  shape  is  also  more  nearly  like  that  in  the  latter  genus,  though 
there  are  some  differences,  for  instance  in  Boikhmfus  the  patella  is  more  massive, 
with  a  rapid  contraction  in  the  lower  portion  to  form  a  process  distally,  while  in  A. 
ingens  the  patella  is  of  the  greatest  antero-posterior  diameter  proximally  and  grad- 
ually diminishes  to  a  transversely  broad  and  antero-posteriorly  compressed  process. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF    THE    ENTELODONTID/E 


131 


Measurements  of  the  Patella. 

Mm. 

Vertical  diameter 100 

Tranverse     "        68 

Aiitero-posterior  diameter 40 

Tibia.  —  One  of  the  more  noteworthy  characters  of  Dinohijus  is  seen  in  the 
coossification  of  the  tibia  and  filjula.  In  the  Princeton  specimen  from  the  Oligocene 
the  fibula,  though  much  reduced,  is  entirely  free,  while  in  Divnhyus  it  is  firmly 
coossified.  The  internal  condyle  extends  somewhat  more  over  the  shaft  than  in 
Archwthmvm,  which  results  in  a  relatively  greater  expansion. 
The  two  condyles  are  separated  by  a  prominent  spine  which 
rises  more  abruptly  than  in  the  older  forms.  The  cnemial  keel 
is  prominent  and  extends  very  nearly  to  tlie  middle  of  the  shaft 
before  it  disappears.  On  the  internal  face  of  the  cnemial  crest 
the  shaft  is  quite  flat,  while  externally  there  is  a  large  fossa  for 
the  flexor  tendon,  which  is  bounded  superiorly  l)y  the  ex- 
panded head  and  the  deep  tendinal  groove,  laterally  by  the 
high  cnemial  keel  and  the  rounded  external  border ;  distally 
the  fossa  gradually  becomes  shallower  and  finally  fades  away  on 
the  shaft  Ijelow  the  cnemial  keel.  Posteriorly  there  is  another 
prominent  fo.ssa  for  the  tibialis  posticus,  which  is  bounded  above 
by  the  overhanging  borders-of  the  popliteal  notch,  and  laterally 
by  the  internal  and  external  borders  of  the  bone.  Distally  the 
fo.ssa  fades  away  and  the  surface  of  the  shaft  is  almost  flat, 
while  internally,  externally,  and  anteriorly,  there  are  greater 
convexities  imparting  to  the  bone  a  sub-oval  cross-section. 
More  distally  the  shaft  Ijecomes  nearly  quadrate. 

The  transverse  expansion  of  the  distal  end  is  not  great  and 
the  antero-posterior  diameter  is  only  very  moderate.     The  troch- 
lea is  unequally  divided  by  a  prominent  ridge  extending  an- 
tero-posteriorly  ;  the  external  portion  is  the  larger,  and  more    of  Tibia  fibula  of  Type  of 
elevated  than   the  internal,   which  causes  a  considerable   ob-    ^-  *""""''''  P"*""""-   * 

nat.  8ize. 

liquity  of  the  trochlea.  This  character  is  more  nearly  hke 
what  may  be  observed  in  the  Merycoidodonts  {Oreodunts)  than  any  of  the  recent 
SaidiE.  The  bifid  termination  at  the  anterior  margin  of  the  intercondylar  ridge  in 
Archicotherium  is  absent  in  Dinohyus,  and  instead  there  are  two  facets  on  the  ex- 
treme antero-inferior  end,  which  touch  corresponding  facets  in  the  median  portion 
of  the  neck  of  the  astragalus  when  the  tibia  is  flexed  forward.     A  similar  arrange- 


Fia.  77.  Anterior  View 


132  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

ment  is  also  seen  on  the  intercondylar  ridge  of  the  tibia  in  Dieodon  calkinsi  from  the 
John  Day  formation.  The  articulating  surface  of  the  inter-coiidylar  ridge  is  pro- 
l^ortionately  more  interrupted  than  in  the  Oligocene  genus,  fis  the  irregular-shaped 
sulcus  continues  to  the  posterior  border,  at  which  point  it  entirely  separates  the  ar- 
ticulations of  the  trochlea.  The  internal  malleolus  is  rather  small ;  it  is  compressed 
transversely,  does  not  extend  much  below  the  distal  end  of  the  fibula,  and  it  covers 
only  one-half  of  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  trochlea. 

The  proximal  end  of  the  fibula  is  well  coossified  with  the  head  of  the  tibia. 
Immediately  below  the  head  the  shaft  is  separated  from  the  tibia  for  a  distance  of 
100  mm.  ;  below  this  point  the  fibula,  as  stated  above,  is  entirely  fused  with  the  tibia 
leaving  little  or  no  trace  of  a  suture  l)etween  the  two  bones,  except  at  the  distal  end. 
The  distal  end  is  much  expanded  antero-posteriorly  and  rather  compressed  trans- 
versely. On  the  anterior  half  of  the  external  face  is  a  prominent  vertical  ridge 
which  forms  the  anterior  border  of  the  tendinal  groove  and  extends  upward  for  a 
distance  of  60  mm.  where  the  ridge  becomes  rapidly  contracted  and  disappears  on  the 
side  of  the  fibular  face.  l)istally  the  fibula  extends  well  down  below  the  trochlea 
and  furnishes  a  symmetrical  appearance  to  the  outline  of  the  distal  end  of  the  tibia- 
fibula. 

Kowalevsky  in  his  memoir  figures  a  tibia  and  a  portion  of  a  fibula  which  was 
found  with  Enielodon  magnum  (37,  PL  XXVII,  fig.  33). 

These  illustrations,  together  with  the  casts  of  the  specimens  now  in  the  Carnegie 
Museum,  present  characters  quite  similar  to  those  of  the  corresponding  bones  in 
the  older  American  forms.  The  proximal  end  of  the  tibia  of  Entelodon  is  possibly 
somewhat  moi"e  expanded,  but  this  may  be  due  in  great  measure  to  crushing,  as  the 
bone  has  apparently  received  some  injur}^  laterall}'.  The  fibula,  which  is  quite 
delicate,  is  represented  by  a  portion  of  the  shaft  lying  closely  appressed  to  the  shaft 
of  the  tibia  as  figured  by  Kowalevsky.  This  bone  appears  to  have  been  turned  end 
about ;  the  lower  portion,  as  seen  in  the  specimen,  apparently  agrees  better  with  the 
proximal  than  distal  end  of  the  American  forms. 

Measurements  of  Tibia. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 450 

"         antero-posterior  diameter  of  proximal  end,  approximately 115 

"         transverse  ''         "  "  "       126 

"  "  "        '■      distal       "     97 

"        antero-posterior         "        "  "  "     65 


PETERSON  :     A   REVISION   OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDiE 


133 


The  Hind  Foot. 
As  in  other  representatives  of  the  Entelodontida'.  the  pes,  as  well  as  the  manus 
of  Dinohyus,  is  didactyl.  The  total  absence  of  the  facet  on  the  cuboid  ■'''  for  mt.  V 
in  the  type  of  DlnoJii/an  hoUandi  is  interesting 
and  of  some  importance  in  connection  with 
other  modifications  of  the  genus.  Professor 
Scott  states  (87,  p.  318)  that  in  Arclucuihcnum 
ingens  from  the  Oligocene  of  America  the  fifth 
metatarsal  is  present.  From  Kowalevsky's 
statement  and  figures  it  is  also  very  evident 
that  Entelodon  magnum  of  Europe  had  a  fifth 
metatarsal  (38,  p.  449,  PI.  XXVII,  fig.  35). 
Unfortunately  the  cuboid  and  mt.  IV  of  the 
type  of  Boocha'ras  kumemsus  from  the  John 
Day  formation,  are  badly  preserved  in  the 
region  where  the  facet  for  mt.  V  would  be 
found,  so  that  its  presence  or  absence  is  only  a 
matter  of  speculation.  Through  the  courtesy 
of  Pi'ofessors  Schuchert  and  TaiII  the  writei- 
had  the  opportunity  of  studying  the  material 
representing  Entelodonts  which  was  collected 
for  Professor  Marsh  from  the  John  Day  region 
as  long  ago  as  1875.  In  this  collection  is  a 
portion  of  a  skeleton  of  an  Entelodont  from 
the  green  sandstone  (proljably  the  middle  beds) 
which  is  somewhat  smaller  than  Bodcharus 
described  by  Cope.  The  general  features  of 
the  remains  seem  to  indicate  a  more  primitive 
type  having  a  closer  resemblance  to  Archveo- 
theriuvi  ingens  from  the  Oligocene  than  the 
new  genus  Dinohyus.  On  the  cuboid  of  this 
specimen  from  the  John   Day  formation   the 

facet  for  mt.  V  is  plainly  indicated.  F,a.  78.     Dorsal  and  Palmar  Views  of  Left  Pes 

Astragalus. —  In    COI-respondence  with  the     "'  Type  of  /;.  hollamii  Peterson.    p«,  palmar  sesa- 

oblique   trochlea   of  the   tibia   the    j^roximal    """  "      "*  ■  *'''^' 

^■■A  cuboid  (No.  1926)  referred  to  this  genus,  which  was  found  in  (juarry  No.  2  (Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarries), 
is  somewhat  heavier  than  that  in  the  type.  The  two  specimens,  which  represent  two  individuals,  are  almost  identical 
in  their  general  characters,  except  that  in  No.  1926  there  is  present  a  minute  articular  surface  for  mt.  V,  which  would 
seem  to  indicate  individual  or  specilic  differences. 


134  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

trochlea  of  the  astragalus  displays  considerable  asymmetry.  The  external  condyle 
is  much  higher  and  more  produced  dorsally  than  the  internal  condyle,  but  the 
articular  surface  does  not  extend  so  far  distally  on  the  anterior  face  as  that  on 
the  internal  condyle,  which  nearly  meets  the  articulation  for  the  navicular.  The 
pit  on  the  dorsal  face,  which  separates  the  distal  and  proximal  articulations,  is  large, 
comparatively  shallow,  and  in  the  bottom  are  located  two  facets,  which  articulate 
with  corresponding  facets  on  the  anterior  termination  of  the  intertrochlear  ridge  of 
the  tibia  when  the  latter  is  flexed  forward.  In  ArchmAhermm  this  pit  is  deeper 
and  has  no  facets.  The  trochlear  articulation  of  the  external  and  internal  condyles 
of  Dinohyus  are  entirely  separated  by  a  broad  sulcus,  which  takes  up  the  deepest  part 
of  the  trochlea  and  is  directly  opposite  the  corresponding  sulcus  on  the  intertrochlear 
ridge  of  the  tibia  when  the  two  bones  are  in  position.  The  distal  trochlea  is  oblique 
and  unequally  divided  into  two  facets,  the  navicular  facet  being  larger  than  the 
cuboidal.  The  latter  facet  is  proportionally  of  a  less  transverse  diameter  than  that 
in  the  Princeton  specimen,  which  indicates  a  tendency  toward  the  narrowing  up  of 
the  tarsus.  The  distal  trochlea  as  a  whole  is  more  deeply  concave  on  the  median 
line,  the  ridge  separating  the  two  facets  being  more  prominent  than  in  the  Oligocene 
genus.  The  sustentacular  facet  is  relatively  limited  in  the  vertical  direction  and 
also  somewhat  narrower  superiorly  when  compared  with  that  in  Archxothermm. 
There  are  three  calcaneal  facets  externally ;  one  is  situated  on  the  extreme  distal 
angle  of  the  bone,  while  the  other  two  are  superior  to  the  deep  cavity  which  takes 
up  a  large  area  of  the  external  face. 

The  appearance  of  the  astragalus  figured  by  Kowalevsky  (38,  PI.  XXVII,  fig. 
34)  is  not  unlike  that  of  the  American  genera,  although  the  pit  on  the  dorsal  face, 
which  separates  the  jiroximal  and  distal  articulations,  is  apparently  somewhat 
smaller  in  proportion  than  in  these. 

Measurements  of  Astragalus. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 106 

"         transverse  diameter 68 

'■  "  "       of  proximal  trochlea 58 

"  "  "        "  distal  "        59 

"        antero-posterior  diameter  of  astragalus 55 

Calcaneum.  —  As  in  Archxotherium  the  calcaneum  has  a  long  tuber,  which  is 
deeply  channeled  externally  and  terminates  posteriorly  in  an  enlarged  and  truncated 
end,  but  differs  from  that  of  Archieothermvi  in  having  an  open  flat  surface  for  the 
tendo-achillis  instead  of  a  decided  groove.  The  fibular  facet  is  divided  by  an  oblique 
ridge  into  a  superior  and  an  antero-inferior  portion.     The  two  facets  are  confluent. 


PETERSON  :     A    I5KVISI0N    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^E  135 

but  at  right  angles,  and  are  quite  similar  to  those  in  Sua  and  Hippopotamus.  The 
unusual  dorso-plantar  extent  of  the  distal  facet  for  the  astragalus  in  Archeoiherium, 
which  was  pointed  out  by  Scott,  is  in  Dtnolnins  fully  as  great.  The  latter  facet  is 
confluent  with  the  lateral  facets  for  the  cuboid,  and  only  separated  from  the  distal 
facet  for  the  same  bone  by  a  rounded  angle,  which  is  confined  to  the  anterior  half 
of  the  distal  facet.  The  distal  facet  for  the  cuboid  is  divided  into  two  parts  :  an 
anterior,  which  is  plane ;  and  a  posterior,  which  is  oljliquely  concave  antero-jios- 
teriorly,  and  is  carried  high  up  upon  the  tibial  face  to  accommodate  the  corre- 
sponding facet  of  the  prominent  plantar  hook  of  the  cuboid.  Above  the  cuboid  and 
distal  astragalar  facets  there  is  on  the  fibular  face  a  deep  excavation,  which  is 
bounded  superiorly  by  the  fibular  and  sustentacular  facets  and  posteriorly  Ijy  the 
heavy  border  of  the  tuberosity.  The  sustentacular  facet  is  quite  large  and  is  slightly 
convex  transversely  and  concave  in  the  dorso-palmar  direction. 

Measurements  of  Calcaneum. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 188 

Length  of  tuber 100 

Greatest  antero-posterior  diameter  at  fibular  facet 82 

"        transverse  diameter  at  sustentacular  facet 60 

Navicular.  —  The  proportions  of  the  navicular  are  different  from  those  in  the 
Oligocene  genus,  which  fact  is  due  to  the  relatively  smaller  transverse  and  greater 
antero-posterior  diameters  in  Dhiohi/ns.  The  articulation  for  the  astragalus  is 
divided  by  a  broad  rounded  ridge,  which  is  evenly 

convex   from   side   to   side,  deeply  concave  an-  £-^         ^<-:^->-^ 

tero-posteriorly,  and  terminates  in  elevated  and  x<ii^^~T\  \^  e 

rounded  borders  dorsally  and  palmarly.      The  f  mtm--/^  r/     >j^^u;^  :    '  jli 
fibular  portion  of  the  astragalar  facet  is  rapidly  1  ^|  '  t_^i/}^ 

deflexed  externally  and  ternnnates  abruptly  at  v  Jy^-&!.^'      ^'  "M 

the  fibular  angle,  while  the  tibial  portion  is  gently     '•  -^  ;  \    ^    \iIM/ 

concave  transversely  and  greatly  concave  antero-  ^■'       y%^-^f^^^^^l&^yW 

posteriorly.     The  fibular  face  has  three  facets  for        f  ent.c     "<f^ 
the  cuboid,  two  dorsal   and  one   palmar,  as  in  fio.  79.    Distal  view  of  Tarsus  of  Left 

Archxotherium.     There  is  apparently  a  tendency     p<«  <>'  Type  of  d.  hoiiandi  Peterson.    J  nat. 

.  .       ,  .       size,    /-facet.    £c  —  ecto-ouneiform.     .He   - 

toward  coossification  between  the  navicular  and  ., 

mesooaneiform. 

cuboid,  as  tiie  articulating  facets  are  reduced  and 

the  surfaces  very  rugose  throughout.  The  dorsal  face  is  plane  except  the  rugose  and 
sharp  fibular  angle  which  abuts  against  the  cuboid.  On  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
tibial  face  the  bone  is  convex  vertically,  and  more  so  posteriorly.  This  convex  por- 
tion is  suddenly  succeeded  by  a  prominent  and  rugose  area  for  muscular  attachments. 


136 


MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


The  plantar  hook  is  quite  prominent  and  extends  well  below  the  distal  facets, 
while  in  Archicotherium  it  is  much  reduced,  and  is,  as  Professor  Scott  states,  "  hardly 
more  than  a  roughened  ridge."  The  anterior  portion  of  the  distal  face  is  taken  up 
by  the  facet  for  the  ectocuneiform.  The  latter  facet  is  divided  into  two  areas  by 
fibular  and  tibial  sulci  leaving  a  narrow  isthmus  midway  between  the  two.  The 
small  facet  for  the  mesocuneiform,  on  the  tibial  angle  in  Arcliseotheriuin,  is  entirely 
absent  in  Dinohyus.  Another  interesting  difference  in  Dinohyus  is  seen  in  the  very 
much  less  prominent  tubercle  on  which  the  facet  for  the  entocuneiform  is  located  ; 
the  facet  being  almost  on  the  same  level  with  that  for  the  ectocuneiform,  and  sad- 
dle-shaped, with  the  posterior  margin  deflected  on  the  base  of  the  plantar  hook. 

The  navicular  of  Entelodon  magnum  (38,  PI.  XXVII,  figs.  34  and  37)  is  rela- 
tively shorter  antero-posteriorly,  and  has  a  less  developed  palmar  hook  than  in 
Dinohyus.  In  Sfiis  the  navicular  is  quite  different,  being  broad  and  articulating  dis- 
tally  with  the  three  cuneiforms,  as  is  also  the  case  in  Hippopotanms.  In  the  latter 
genus,  however,  the  navicular  has  no  palmar  hook,  and  the  articulating  surface 
between  the  navicular  and  cuboid  is  situated  near  the  palmar  face. 

Measurements  of  Navicular.  Mm. 

Greatest  anteror-posterior  diameter 73 

"       transverse  "       41 

"       vertical  "       auteriorly 33 

"  "  ''        posteriorly 55 

Entoctmeiform. —  Unfortunately  the  entocuneiform  is  lost  in  the  type.  Judging, 
however,  from  the  space  on  the  navicular,  and  cuneiform  when  in  position,  this  bone 

was  of  considerable  height,  rather  compressed  trans- 
versely and  antero-posteriorly,  and  in  genei'al  appar.- 
entlysomewhat  differentfrom  tliat  in  Archicotherium. 
An   entocuneiform   of  Dinohyus   (No.    2139a, 
Carn.  Mus.   Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  which  was  found  in 
quarry  No.  1,  section  20  (See  plan  of  quarry,  PL 
LIV),  is  of  an  animal  of  approximately  the  same 
size  as  the  type  specimen.     The  bone  differs  some- 
what from  the  corresponding   bone   in  Archxothe- 
rium,  being  dorsally  less   produced  and  more  de- 
FiG.80.    (1)  External  View  of  Right  En-     velopcd  in  the  palmar  direction  ;  it  is  not  pointed 
tocuneiform  of  A.  ingens  Leidy  (Princeton     distally,  and  its  navicular  articulatiou  is  less  ob- 

Musenm,  No.  10885).     (2)  Same  View  of      , .  tx  •     j>      ii  ^       i  i  i    xi      j.    xi 

lique.     It  is  further  to  be  observed  that  there  are 

Corresponding  Bone  in  D.  hoUandi  Peterson  '■ 

(Cam.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.,  No.  2139a).     two   facets.   One    near  the   proximal   end   for   the 


PETKRSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDyE  137 

mesocuneiform  (fig.  80,  nic),  and  another  small  one  near  the  distal  end  for  Mt.  II. 
These  are  not  present  in  Archxothermm  ingens  (the  Princeton  specimen).  The 
distal  fibular  angle  of  the  bone  under  description  is  entirely  taken  up  by  a  large 
facet,  which  is  slightly  convex  in  all  directions,  and  articulates  with  a  corresponding 
facet  on  the  palmar  process  of  Mt.  III.  The  bone  as  a  whole  has  a  great  vertical 
diameter,  while  antero-posteriorly  and  transversely  it  is  rather  compressed,  especially 
in  the  latter  diameter. 

Scott  (78,  p.  316)  has  already  stated  that  the  entocuneiform  has  not  yet  been 
found  in  connection  with  Anthracothermm  or  with  Entelodon.  In  Sxls  the  ento- 
cuneiform is  larger  distally  than  proximally,  the  palmar  tubercle  is  very  prominent 
and  the  bone  as  a  whole  is  altogether  different  from  that  in  Archseoihermni  or 
Dinohyus,  having  a  large  and  very  prominent  articular  facet  for  Mt.  II.  In  Hippo- 
potamus  the  entocuneiform  is  also  heavier,  and  broader  than  in  the  latter  genera. 

Mesocuneiform.  —  The  mesocuneiform  is  entirely  ankylosed  with  the  ecto- 
cuneiform,  but  its  outline,  especially  on  the  palmar  and  tibial  angle,  is  clearly 
defined  (Fig.  79,  Mc).  There  is,  however,  no  articular  facet  on  the  proximal  end 
for  the  navicular  as  in  Archxotherhm  and  there  is  no  facet  for  Mt.  II,  but  on  the 
proximal  fibular  angle  is  a  facet  for  the  entocuneiform. 

Ectomneiform.  —  The  ectocuneiform  is  of  considerable  size  and  (I-shaped  in 
general  outline  viewed  distally  or  proximally.  The  entire  proximal  face  is  occupied 
by  the  facet  for  the  navicular,  and  the  distal  face  is  taken  up  by  the  facet  for  Mt.  III. 
On  the  palmar  tibial  angle  of  the  distal  face  is  a  very  minute  articular  surface  for 
Mt.  II.  The  fibular  face  is  very  rugose  back  of  the  facet  for  the  cuboid,  which  is 
located  near  the  dorsal  face  and  occupies  the  entire  vertical  diameter  of  the  bone  ; 
there  is  no  facet  for  the  cuboid  on  the  proximo-palmar  angle,  as  in  Archseotherium. 
In  this  respect  the  ectocuneiform  of  Dinohyus  is  more  like  that  in  some  peccaries, 
while  in  ^Fippopolamus  the  ectocuneiform  articulates  with  the  cuboid  only  by  the 
large  palmar-fibular  facet.  The  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  facet  on  the  distal 
face  for  Mt.  Ill  is  proportionately  greater  than  in  Archseotherium,  and,  as  in  that 
genus,  the  facet  is  in  its  dorsal  portion  obliquely  convex  from  side  to  side,  and  near 
the  plantar  region  obliquely  concave  antero-posteriorly.  The  fibular  border  of  the 
facet  is  deeply  emarginated  by  a  sulcus. 

Measurements  of  Ectocitneiform. 

Mm. 

Greatest  antero-posterior  diameter  including  mesocuneiform 52 

"       transverse  diameter ^-' 

"       vertical  "        ^^ 

The  general  outline  of  the  ectocuneiform  of  ^7ite/o(Zon  magnum  (38,  PI.  XXVII, 


138  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

figs.  34,  35,  37)  is  quite  similar  to  that  of  Dinohyus,  but  the  distal  articulation  is 
interrupted  on  the  fibular  angle  and  it  is  plainly  seen  from  the  figure  that  Mt.  Ill, 
did  not  come  in  contact  with  the  cuboid  as  in  Dinohyus. 

Gthhoid. — The  cuboid  is  relatively  large  and  reveals  some  interesting  and 
important  differences  from  that  of  the  earlier  types.  The  articular  facets  for  the 
calcaneum  and  astragalus  occupy  the  proximal  end  in  nearly  equal  proportions, 
the  former  facet  being  slightly  wider,^"  which  is  directly  the  opposite  of  what 
is  the  case  in  Archieothermm  ingens,  where  the  astragalar  facet  is  the  larger  of  the 
two.  The  cuboid  of  the  type  of  Bobchcerus  humerosns  more  nearly  approaches 
that  of  Dinohyus  so  far  as  the  two  specimens  can  be  compared.  The  astragalar 
facet  of  the  present  genus  is  plane  transversely,  deeply  concave  antero-posteriorly, 
and  the  articular  surface  is  confined  to  the  anterior  and  posterior  parts,  with  an 
interrupted  median  area  twelve  millimeters  long.  A  deep  pit  is  located  on  the 
fibular  side  of  this  interrupted  sinus,  which  separates  the  calcaneal  and  astraga- 
lar facets  at  this  point.  The  calcaneal  facet  is  less  interrupted  than  that  in 
Archimtherium,  as  described  by  Scott,  and  continues  obliquely  from  in  front  upward 
and  backward,  terminating  near  the  summit  on  the  postero-tibial  angle  of  the 
ascending  palmar  hook.  The  tibial  border  of  the  dorsal  face  is  heavy  and  very 
rugose  ;  the  fibular  angle  is  also  2:)rominent  and  abruptly  convex  antero-posteriorly. 
The  tibial  face  is  rugose  and  in  addition  the  dorsal  facet  for  the  navicular  has 
developed  a  projecting  ledge  "  so  that  together  with  the  palmar  facet,  which  also 
occupies  a  similar  though  much  larger  ledge,  the  cuboid  and  navicular  bones  are 
very  strongly  interlocked.  Below  the  navicular  facet  near  the  dorsal  angle  is  a 
small  facet  with  square  outlines,  which  articulates  with  the  ectocuneiform.  The 
latter  bone  was  undoubtedly  connected  posteriorly  by  cartilage  only,  as  the  corre- 
sponding surfaces  on  the  two  bones  are  very  rugose  with  no  distinct  facets,  such  as 
are  found  in  Archxotherinm  ingens.  Immediately  below  the  facet  for  the  ectocunei- 
form there  is  a  third  facet  on  the  tibial  angle.'^^  This  facet  articulates  in  a  promi- 
nent and  quite  important  manner  with  a  process  of  Mt.  Ill  which  extends  above 
the  head  of  Mt.  IV  similar  to,  though  less  prominent  than,  that  in  the  manus  (figs. 
70,  78).  These  articulations  are  not  present  in  the  peccary,  Sus,  Hijj'pojwtaimis,  or 
Entelodon  magnum,  but  on  Mt.  Ill  in  Archasotherium  there  is  a  very  slight  indication 

^*  On  page  448  (38)  Kowalevsky  says  that  the  cuboid  of  Entelodon  magnum  has  a  narrower  facet  for  the  astragalus 
than  for  the  calcaneum,  which  is  also  well  shown  in  his  illustrations  (PI.  XXVIII). 

*'  In  Boiiclioerus  humerosus  this  projecting  ledge  is  more  developed  than  in  the  Princeton  specimen  from  the  Oligo- 
cene,  but  is  not  so  prominent  as  in  Dinohyus. 

''In  the  type  of  Boodicerus  humerosus  this  facet  is  not  present  on  the  cuboid,  but  in  a  smaller  individual  from  the 
green  sandstone  (middle  beds)  of  the  John  Day  formation  (Yale  Museum  No.  12765  ;  Collector,  L.  S.  Davis,  1875)  this 
facet  is  fairly  well  developed  on  the  cuboid. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^  139 

of  a  facet  on  the  fibular  angle  of  the  head,  which  is  quite  prophetic  of  the  conditions 
found  in  Dinohyus.  The  anterior  portion  of  the  distal  face  is  taken  up  by  the  facet 
for  Mt.  IV,  that  for  Mt.  V  being  entirely  absent  in  the  type.  The  palmar  face  is 
greatly  excavated  above  the  hook  ;  the  latter  is  very  prominent  and  covers  the  entire 
lower  portion  of  the  palmar  face.  Distally  there  is  on  the  tibial  angle  a  facet  of 
considerable  size  for  the  palmar  process  of  Mt.  IV. 

The  vertical  diameter  of  the  cuboid-  is  relatively  less  than  in  the  Princeton 
specimen,  which  in  this  respect  as  well  as  in  the  deeper  tendinal  sulcus  on  the  fib- 
ular side  of  the  Carnegie  Museum  specimen,  seems  to  agree  more  nearly  with  Ente- 
lodon  magnum  (38,  pp.  448-149,  PI.  XXXVII,  figs.  34,  35,  and  36).  In  the  latter 
species  the  facet  on  the  palmar  hook  for  the  palmar  process  of  Mt.  IV  is  absent, 
and  the  facet  for  Mt.  V  on  the  fibular-distal  angle  is  present,  just  the  reverse  of 
what  appears  in  Dinohi/us,  in  which  there  is  no  facet  for  Mt.  V,  and  there  is  a  facet 
present  on  the  palmar  hook  for  Mt.  TV. 

Measukemento  of  Cuboid. 

^fm. 
Greatest  antero-posterior  diameter 70 

"       transverse  "        -50 

"       vertical  "        anteriorly .5.5 

"  "  "         posteriorly 71     . 

Metatarml  II.  —  The  second  metatarsal  is  reduced  to  a  very  small  oblong  nodule 
about  half  the  size  of  Mt.  II  in  the  Princeton  specimen.  The  nodule  is  held  in 
place  chiefly  by  the  distal  end  of  the  entocuneiform,  for  which  it  has  an  articulating 
facet  of  considerable  size  on  the  palmar  face.  On  the  proximal  tibial  angle  is  a 
small  facet  for  the  ectocuneiform. 

Measurements  of  Second  Metatarsal. 

.Mm. 

Greatest  length "22 

"        transverse  diameter 13 

' '         antero-posterior  diameter 7 

Metatarsal  III.  —  The  third  metatarsal  is  larger  and  slenderer  than  ^Ic.  Ill,  but 
the  articular  facets  for  I\It.  IV  on  the  third  metatarsal  are  sui'prisingly  similar  to 
the  corresponding  facets  for  Mc.  IV.  Thus  the  fibular  angle  of  the  head  rises  to  a 
prominent  tubercle  which  overlaps  the  head  of  Mt.  IV  and  articulates  with  the 
cuboid  in  much  the  same  manner  in  which  Mc.  Ill  articulates  with  the  unciform. 
This  character  of  the  pes  seems  to  be  a  modification  ])erhaps  brought  about  since 
Oligocene  times,  as  the  genus  Archxotlicrmm  has  only  a  very  faint  suggestion  of  a 
facet  for  the  cuboid,  and  has  the  fibular  angle  of  the  head  of  Mt.  Ill  only  very 


140  MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE   MUSEUM 

slightly  higher  than  the  tibial  angle.^^  The  proximal  facet  for  the  ectocuneiforra  is 
slightly  concave  transversely  in  the  dorsal  region,  and  convex  antero-posteriorly  in 
the  palmar  region  to  conform  with  the  facets  of  the  ectocuneiform  already  described. 
On  the  postero-fibular  angle  of  the  head  is  a  very  minute  facet  which  articulates  with 
Mt.  II.  Below  this  facet  is  a  rugose  shallow  channel,  which  receives  the  second 
metatarsal.  The  palmar  process  is  strongly  developed,  and,  as  in  Archasotherium, 
bears  three  facets  ;  the  one  on  the  tibial  side  is  for  the  entocuneiform,  the  one  on  the 
fibular  side  is  for  Mt.  IV,  and  the  one  on  the  palmar  end  is  for  a  large  sesamoid. 
The  facet  for  Mt.  IV,  which  is  near  the  dorsal  face  is  larger  and  more  pronounced 
in  Dinohyus  than  in  the  Princeton  specimen.  The  shaft  is  quite  flat,  long,  and 
slender  on  the  palmar  and  fibular  faces,  round  on  the  tibial  and  dorsal  faces,  and  is 
similar  to  that  of  Archasotherium,  except  for  its  greater  rugosity  on  the  fibular  face, 
which  is  a  marked  character,  showing  a  tendency  toward  the  coossification  of  the 
two  functional  digits  in  Dinohyus.  The  large  tubercle  which  is  developed  on  the 
fibular  border  of  the  dorsal  face  just  above  the  trochlea  in  Archseothermm,  is  in  Dino- 
hyus developed  into  a  swollen  area  which  occupies  the  entire  dorsal  face  of  the  shaft, 
causing  a  deep  depression  distally.  This  depression  is  the  superior  boundary  of  the 
distal  trochlea.  The  latter  is,  as  in  Archieotherium,  rather  low  and  narrow.  The 
carina,  which  is  confined  principally  to  the  plantar  side,  is  plainly  indicated  on  the 
dorsal  face  by  a  faint  ridge,  which  continues  to  the  extreme  proximal  border  of  the 
articulation.  On  either  side  of  the  carina  is  a  shallow,  depression,  which  causes  a 
slight  lateral  convexity  in  the  tibial  and  fibular  portions  of  the  trochlea. 

Measurements  of  Third  Metatarsal. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 240 

' '    '      antero-posterior  diameter  of  head 55 

"                       transverse         "              "     40 

Antero-posterior  diameter  o' sliaft  medially 30 

Transverse                      "               "             "        30 

"                             "        "    trochlea 40 

Antero-posterior           "        "         "       45 

Metatarsal  1 V.  —  The  fourth  metatarsal  is  of  very  nearly  the  .same  length  and 
thickness  as  the  third.  The  head  does  not  rise  as  high  as  that  of  the  third,  but  the 
palmar  process  is,  as  in  Archasotherium,  longer  than  that  of  the  third  metatarsal. 
Dorsally  the  articular  facet  for  the  cuboid  is  slightly  concave  in  all  directions  and 
rises  into  an  antero-posterior  convexity  in  the  palmar  region.  There  is  a  large  facet 
for  the  cuboid  on  the  end  of  the  palmar  process  ;  the  tibial  face  of  the  process  is 

■'"Some  species  of  the  John  Day  formation  more  nearly  approach  Dinohyus  in  the  matter  of  the  articular 
facets  of  the  cuboid  and  Mt.  III. 


PETEKSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E  141 

occupied  by  the  facet  for  Mt.  Ill  ;  and  immediately  behind  and  at  almost  right 
angles  is  a  third  facet,  which  corresponds  to  that  on  Mt.  Ill  and  which  supports  a 
palmar  sesamoid.  There  is  no  evidence  of  a  facet  for  Mt.  V  on  the  fibular  angle  of 
the  head.  Dorsally  the  shaft  is  quite  flat  on  its  dorsal,  tibial,  and  fibulai-  faces, 
while  the  palmar  face  is  unevenly  rounded.  Towards  the  distal  end  the  shaft  is 
more  cylindrical,  the  palmar  face  being  l^y  far  tlie  flattest.  Distally  the  bone  is 
similar,  including  the  trochlea,  to  that  of  the  third  metatarsal. 

Measurements  of  Fourth  Met.\tarsal. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 237 

"       antero-posterior  diameter  of  head 59 

"       transverse  "  "    41 

"  "  "    shaft  medially 28 

Antero-posterior  "  "       "  "         32 

"  "  "     trochlea v. 33 

Transverse  "  "  "       37 

Metatarsal  V.  —  Judging  from  the  total  absence  of  facets  lor  the  fifth  metatarsal 
on  the  cuboid  and  Mt.  IV  it  would  seem  that  this  element  is  entirely  wanting  in 
Dinohyus.  There  is,  however,  a  minute  scale-hke  eminence  on  the  fibular  angle  on 
Mt.  IV,  which  may,  or  may  not,  represent  the  fifth  metatarsal. 

A  water-worn  fragment  of  a  fourth  metatarsal  which  I  refer  to  Dmohi/'iis  (No. 
1927,  Carn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vert.  Foss.)  was  found  in  the  Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarry, 
No.  1,  where  the  type  of  DmoA^H.s-  was  found.  On  the  postero-fibular  angle  of  the 
facet  for  the  cuboid  of  this  metatarsal  the  articulation  is  flexed  downward  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  suggest  the  presence  of  a  small  fifth  metatarsal  in  this  individual. 

Palmar  Sesamoid.  — The  palmar  sesamoid  is  a  large  bone,  triangular  in  outline, 
compressed  antero-posteriorly,  and  much  expanded,  especially  in  the  tibial  and 
distal  directions.  The  palmar  surface  is  rugose  and  on  the  dorsal  face  near  the 
fibular  angle  are  two  facets  for  the  third  and  fourth  metatarsals  described  above. 
There  are  facets  on  the  palmar  processes  of  the  metatarsals  in  ArchtvotJierium  which 
indicate  the  presence  of  similar  sesamoids. 

Measurements  of  Palmar  Sesamoid. 

Mm. 
Greatest  vertical  diameter 38 

"         transverse     "       32 

' '         antero-posterior  diameter 12 

Phalanges. — The  proximal  and  median  phalanges  are  proportionately  longer 
and  narrower  than  tho.se  of  the  manus ;  otherwise  they  are  similarly  de{)rcssed 
antero-posteriorly  and  exj^anded  transversely.     The  articulation  for  the  metatarsal 


142  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

on  the  proximal  phalanx  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  faint  groove,  which  extends 
across  the  face  and  terminates  in  the  deep  plantar  notch.  On  either  side  of  the 
latter  are  facets  on  the  extreme  plantar  angle  of  the  proximal  end  which  abuts 
against  the  sesamoids.  The  distal  trochlea  is,  as  in  the  manus,  simply  convex 
antero-posteriorly  and  concave  transversely.  The  median  phalanx  is  quite  similar 
to  that  in  the  manus.  The  ungual  phalanx  is  short,  high,  and  somewhat  com- 
pressed.    They  suggest  strongly  those  of  the  recent  camels  though  proportionally 

larger. 

Measurements  of  Phalanges. 

Proximal  phalanx. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 78 

"        transverse  diameter  of  proximal  end 42 

"        antero-posterior  "     "  "  "  3.5 

"        transverse  "     "  distal  "  37 

"         antero-posterior  "     "       "  "   23 

Median  phalanx. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 57 

"         transverse  diameter  of  proximal  end 36 

"         antero-posterior  "     "  "  "   35 

"         transverse  "     "   distal  "  34 

"         antero-posterior  "     ''       "  "  30 

Ungual  phalanx. 

Mm. 

Greatest  length 39 

"        vertical  diameter,  approximately 30 

' '        transverse      '  ■         27 

Sesamoids.  —  The  sesamoids,  though  of  considerable  size,  are  much  smaller  than 
those  of  the  manus.  They  are  heaviest  anteriorly  and  taper  to  an  obtuse  hook  pos- 
teriorly. The  dorso-proximal  angle  carries  an  articular  surface  which  abuts  against 
a  corresponding  surface  on  the  proximo-plantar  angle  of  the  first  phalanx  described 

above. 

Restoration  of  Dinohyus  Hollandi. 

(Plates  LX,  LXI.) 

The  most  conspicuous  features  of  the  skeleton  of  Dinohi/us  hollandi  are  the 
disproportionately  large  skull,  the  long  muzzle,  the  heavy  neck,  the  high  withers, 
and  the  elongated  limbs.  Many  other  characters  are  impossible  to  fully  appreci- 
ate without  seeing  the  skeleton  mounted  in  full  relief  The  thorax  has  nearly  the 
same  proportions  as  in  Bos  tcmrus,  but  the  lumbar  region  is  shorter.  In  8us  the 
lumbar  region  is  relatively  longer  than  in  Dinohyus,  and  the  latter  genus  is,  in  this 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.'E  143 

respect,  more  analogous  to  the  Hippopotamus.  The  sternum  is  of  enormous  size 
and  there  are  osseous  sternal  ribs  present.  The  fore  limbs  are  powerful  and  the 
skeleton  in  this  region  is  not  unlike  that  of  Bison  americanus.  In  the  region  of  the 
fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh  cervicala  the  neck  was  of  enormous  vertical  diameter. 

There  are  only  four  lumbar  vertebrre  present  derived  from  the  t\'pe  and  a 
fragment  of  the  pubis  rej^resents  all  that  was  found  of  the  pelvis.  These  parts  were 
found  in  a  pile  of  fragments  left  on  the  edge  of  the  quarry  by  Mr.  f'ook  who 
started  to  excavate  in  the  fall  of  1904.  The  pelvic  material,  which  was  found  in 
quarry  No.  1  in  1908,  is  used  in  this  restoration  and  its  anatomical  features  are 
thought  to  be  practically  correct.  The  right  femur  and  certain  bones  of  the  manus 
were  also  found  in  quarry  No.  1  and  are  here  used  for  the  purpose  of  accuracy. 
The  right  cuboid,  the  entocuneiform  and  Mt.  IV  are  derived  from  other  individuals. 
The  caudal  region  is  restored  throughout. 

The  skeleton  Avas  mounted  by  Mr.  Serafino  Agostini  of  the  paleontological 
staff,  to  whom  much  credit  is  due  for  the  skill  he  has  displayed  in  his  work. 

In  1894  Professor  Marsh  published  (64,  pp.  407-408,  PI.  IX)  a  restoratiou 
which  is  based  on  rather  incomplete  material  and  as  a  consequence  a  number  of 
errors  occur,  some  of  which  were  pointed  out  by  Professor  Scott  in  his  memoir  on 
"ElotJieriuni"  ( 87,  pp.  320-321 ).  In  Dinohyus  hollandi  there  are  unquestionably  four- 
teen dorsal  vertebra),  which  were  found  in  a  continuous  series.  The  character  of  the 
anterior  sacral  vertebra  in  comparison  with  the  lumbars  present  in  the  type  of  JJino- 
hyus  hollandi  seems  to  indicate  that  there  must  be  two  vertebrae  missing.  Two  verte- 
bra) have  therefore  been  inserted  (1.  3  and  1.  6)  which  appears  justifiable.  Further- 
more, it  is  quite  evident  from  Professor  Scott's  publication  (87),  as  well  as  from  my 
own  observations  on  the  same  material,  that  there  are  six  lumbar  vertebra)  in  Arcliico- 
therium  ingens.  It  would  then  seem  that  Marsh  (1.  c.)  was  correct  as  regards  the 
number  of  presacral  vertebra)  of  his  restoration,  but  made  a  mistake  in  the  division 
of  the  dorso-lumbar  series,  while  Scott's  restoration  (fig.  9)  shows  only  thirteen  dor- 
sal vertebra).  In  examining  the  Princeton  specimen  it  occurred  to  me  that  the 
spines  in  the  posterior  dorsal  region  are  too  abruptly  shortened  and  that  there  was 
probably  an  additional  dorsal  vertebra. 

In  comparing  the  articulated  skeleton  of  Dinohyus  with  that  of  Archn'oiherium 
ingens  (see  fig.  9)  it  is  at  once  seen  that  the  former  has  a  relatively  larger  head, 
shorter  and  heavier  body,  higher  withers,  and  a  shoi'ter  pelvis.  Furthermore,  the 
sagittal  crest  is  higher  posteriorly,  which  indicates  a  greater  vertical  diameter  of  the 
neck  immediately  back  of  the  skull.  Thus,  it  is  seen  that  the  Miocene  genus  had 
a  relatively  heavier  neck  than  its  Oligocene  predecessor. 


144  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

Measurements  of  the  Restored  Skeleton. 

Cm. 

Length  from  premaxillary  of  skull  to  the  posterior  end  of  ischium 288 

Length  of  cervical  region 51 

"       "  dorsal         "       91 

''       "  lumbar       "       38 

"       "  sacral         "       approximately 12 

"       "  sternum 52 

Height  at  2d  dorsal  vertebra 177 

"      at  superior  border  of  ilium 140 

"       "  end  of  ischium 113 

A  model  in  full  relief  of  Dinohyus  hoUamJi,  a  photograph  of  which  is  given  on 
Plate  LXII,  has  been  made  by  Mr.  Theodore  A.  Mills  under  the  direction  of  the 
writer.  An  examination  shows  that  this  figure  is  at  variance  with  the  painting 
prepared  by  Mr.  Charles  R.  Knight  under  the  direction  of  Professor  Henry  Fair- 
field Osborn  (72a,  p.  713).  Arch'xotherium  is  represented  in  that  figure  as  having 
long  stifle  bristles  on  a  very  broad  neck,  with  the  ears  as  in  the  Suhrx,  and  as  having 
heavy  pendant  wattles  hanging  from  the  bony  tubercles  of  the  inferior  margins  of 
the  mandibles.  Although  the  bristles  and  the  broad  neck  shown  in  Knight's  illus- 
tration may  be  correct,  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  ears  were  placed  lower 
down  and  were  more  drooping,  judging  from  the  position  of  the  external  auditory 
meatus,  which  in  the  true  pigs  is  directed  upward  and  slightly  outward,  while  in 
those  American  genera  of  the  Entelodontida^,  in  which  this  part  is  known,  the 
auditory  meatus  is  directed  nearly  horizontally  outward  and  has  a  prominent  over- 
hanging border  on  the  upper  side  formed  by  the  squamosal.  In  the  restoration  by 
Mr.  Mills  the  dependent  processes  on  the  inferior  border  of  the  mandibular  rami  of 
Dinohyus  are  represented  as  supporting  muscles,  it  being  believed  by  the  writer 
that  these  processes,  at  least  in  the  genus  Dinohyus,  existed  for  the  attachment  of 
muscles  in  order  to  give  required  strength  to  this  portion  of  the  head.  The  model, 
of  which  the  figure  is  given,  is  of  course  to  a  certain  extent  conjectural,  but  is 
believed  by  the  writer  to  very  fairly  represent  the  animal  as  it  was  in  life,  and  he 
takes  occasion  to  compliment  Mr.  IMills  upon  the  skill  which  he  has  shown  in 
carrying  out  the  suggestions  made  to  him. 

Conclusion. 
While  the  osteology  of  at  least  two  genera  of  this  interesting  family  is  now 
quite  completely  before  us,  I  make  no  attempt  to  present  a  succession  of  species,  as  i-t 
seems  to  me  that  we  have  not  yet  the  necessary  material  in  order  to  satisfactorily 
study  the  more  detailed  questions  of  the  phylogeny  of  this  group.  Aymard  and 
Pomel  with  the  extremely  limited  material  representing  this  family  at  their  com- 


PETERSON  :     A    KEVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^  145 

maiid,  were  constrained  to  place  it  among  the  living  swine,  where  it  has  since,  with 
only  one  or  two  exceptions  (Siibursi  of  de  Blainville  and  Arctodon  of  Leidy),  gener- 
ally been  placed  by  different  writers.  That  the  family  is  a  "  collateral  branch  "  of 
the  Suidfe,  which  "  branched  off  in  early  Eocene  time  "  as  Marsh  says  (64,  p.  406),  is 
from  all  the  evidence  at  hand  unquestionable.  "  Schlosser  has  referred  the  genus 
\_Elotherium']  to  the  bunodont  division  of  the  family  Anthracoiheriidx,  which  family  he 
derives  from  an  Eocene  stock  common  to  the  Anthracothcriidse,  the  Anaplotheriidit\ 
the  Hippopotamidse,  and  the  Suidas"  (87,  p.  322).  Scott  says  {I.  c.) :  "The  genus 
lElotheriuni]  is  so  far  specialized  that  it  implies  a  long  ancestry,  not  a  member  of 
which  is,  as  yet,  certainly  known,  although  thei'e  are  certain  Eocene  genera,  wdiich 
throw  some  light  upon  the  problem."  Stehlin  in  his  discussion  of  the  dental  struc- 
ture of  the  Entelodoniidx  (90,  pp.  121-123)  concludes  in  a  footnote  (p.  123)  by  say- 
ing: "jedenfalls  liegt  die  Vorgeschichte  der  Elotherien  noch  sehr  im  Dunkeln." 
It  is  apparent  that,  although  we  are  well  acquainted  with  the  general  anatomical  fea- 
tures of  this  family,  we  can  for  the  present  at  best  only  speculate  in  a  general  way 
as  to  the  early  history  of  the  group.  From  the  work  of  Schlosser  it  is  plain  that  he 
regards  the  early  Tertiary  of  the  Old  World  as  the  home  of  the  ancestral  line  of 
the  Entelodontidx,  which  may  possibly  prove  to  be  true,  unless  "  we  may  suppose."  as 
Matthew  has  stated  in  connection  with  his  study  of  the  genus  Ancodon,"'  "  tliat  from 
a  diffusion  center  in  Northern  Asia  early  stages  in  the  evolution  of  [this]  phylum 
[also]  reached  Europe,"  and  that  the  American  form  reached  North  America  at  the 
beginning  of  the  Oligocene. 

As  for  the  known  forms  in  the  early  American  Tertiary  there  is  not  one  which 
can  properly  be  regarded  as  truly  ancestral  to  the  family.  Achttnodon  of  the  Bridger, 
and  A.  uintense  of  the  Uinta  are  already  too  far  advanced  in  the  modification  of 
their  dentition,  having  Ijut  three  premolars,  while  the  limbs  of  A.  umtense  would 
seem  to  have  retained  a  more  primitive  condition,  having  "  four  [?  functional]  digits 
in  the  pes"  (72,  p.  105).  The  suggestive  resemblances  of  the  known  characters  of 
Achxnodon  found  in  the  Bridger  formation,  and  A.  uintense  of  the  Uinta,  should, 
I  think,  be  regarded  only  as  pointing  to  a  remote  relationship  ;  indeed  it  would  seem 
that  no  great  violence  is  done  in  referring  these  general  resemblances  to  parallelism, 
which  was  no  doubt  a  greater  factor  in  moulding  characters  than  is  sometimes  real- 
ized. The  pi'imitive  bunodont  teeth,  the  characteristic  glenoid  cavity  of  the  skull, 
the  expanded  zygomatic  arches,  and  the  elongated  muzzle  of  these  earlier  Tertiary 
forms  are  not  to  be  dismis.sed  so  easil}',  as  they  are  certainly  most  suggestive  of  the 
Entelodoutidte.     But,  as  has  been  suggested  by  others  (87,  p.  322)  there  is  no  more 

«'Bull.  Am.  Muesnm  of  Natural  History,  Vol.  XXVI,  p.  4,  1909. 


146  MEMOIRS    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

reason  why  we  should  not  expect  a  parallelism  here  as  well  as,  for  instance,  in  the 
odontoid  process  of  the  axis,  the  selenodont  molars,  the  reduction  of  the  lateral  digits, 
and  many  other  features,  which  have  been  independently  acquired  by  sev^eral  dis- 
tinct lines. 

In  regard  to  the  ancestry  of  the  Entdodontidx  Dr.  Herluf  Winge  (92a,  p.  1 34)  seems 
to  have  reached  a  somewhat  similar  conclusion  to  that  of  Schlosser.  From  a  study 
of  the  dental,  cranial,  and  other  skeletal  characters  of  the  Enielodontidx,  Winge  (/.  c, 
p.  141)  seems  also  to  think  that  they  perhaps  were  less  in  the  habit  of  rooting  in  the 
earth  than  their  ancestors  and  that,  instead  of  the  usual  plant-food  of  the  Ungulates, 
which  they  perhaps  entirely  excluded,  they  accustomed  themselves  to  mixed,  or 
flesh-food.  In  fact  Winge  {I.  c,  p.  141)  states  that  the  incisors,  canines,  and  premolars 
served  as  grasping-tools  and  weapons  similar  to  those  of  carnivores  ;  and  (/.  c,  p.  142) 
that  it  is  also  not  altogether  unlikely  that  they  lived  in  a  similar  manner  to  that  of 
dogs,  preying  on  live  animals,  or,  when  they  discovered  carcasses,  fruits,  etc.,  that 
they  fed  on  them.  That  these  animals  actually  seized  live  animals  as  their  food,  as 
Dr.  Winge  seems  inclined  to  believe,  may  well  be  doubted,  while  that  they  fed  on 
carrion  and  fruits,  as  well  as  on  plants,  is  not  altogether  unlikely. 

T^ydekker  has  very  suggestively  said  (53a,  p.  7(S)  that  the  "  food  of  the  higher 
selenodont  pigs  consisted  in  great  part  of  leaves  and  grass  (which  require  finer  tri- 
turation .  .  .)  while  their  bunodont  allies  feed,  as  we  know,  more  generally  on  roots 
and  tubers,  and  occasionally  on  animal  matter.  Hence  it  is  probable  that  the 
muzzles  of  most  of  the  selenodonts  were  less  elongated  than  in  the  true  pigs,  which 
require  to  turn  up  the  soil  to  obtain  nutriment."  It  has  been,  I  think,  quite  con- 
clusively shown,  by  Scott  (87,  p.  278),  and  also  in  the  description  of  the  dentition  of 
J)in(jh!)us  in  the  present  paper,  that  the  wear  of  the  lower  canines  and  incisors  could 
not  have  been  caused,  in  this  animal,  except  by  the  habit  of  digging  up  roots. 

The  dental  structure  of  Tetraconodon,  from  the  Siwalik  hills  of  India,  precludes 
its  introduction  into  the  family  Erdelodontidx  and  it  has  quite  correctly  been  placed 
in  a  distinct  family  by  Lydekker  (53a,  p.  78).  This  genus  is  apparently  quite  far 
removed  from  the  Entelodontidx  as  is  Achvnodun  of  the  American  Eocene. 

The  phyletic  and  geologic  position  of  the  family  Entelodontidas  may  then  be 
expressed  in  a  general  way  as  follows  : 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID^E 


147 


Middle  Miocene 


Lower  Miocene 


Oligocene 


Eocene 


Amraodon 

! 

Dinohyus 


Pelonax 
\ 
\ 


\ 


\ 


.\ 


Da-odon   Boochoerus 
/ 
/ 

/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


Archseotherium 
\ 

\  / 

\        / 


Entelodon 

/ 
/ 
/ 


DiAOEAM  Expressing  the  Phyletic  and  Geologic  Position  of  Entelodonluise. 

As  Poiael  (74,  p.  1085),  Leidy  (50,  p.  174),  Marsh  (64,  p.  408),  Kowalevsky 
(38,  p.  450),  8cott  (87,  p.  322),  Schlosser  (83,  p.  80),  and  others  have  shown  us,  this 
family  has  in  the  pigs  and  Hippopotamics  its  nearest''^  representatives  of  the  recent 
forms,  while  the  direct  ancestors  are  yet  to  be  found.  In  the  meanwhile  we  have 
seen  that  during  the  relatively  short  geological  time  in  which  we  are  able  to  trace  the 
family  in  Europe  and  America  there  are  certain  anatomical  differences,  indicating 
lines  of  divergence.  These  lines  probably  point  to  habits  due  to  the  varied  environ- 
ments during  the  life-history  of  the  group. 

We  have,  for  example,  in  the  European  genus  Entelodon,  a  form  with  enlarged 
premolars  indicating  a  diverging  step  from  Arclmother'mm.  It  has  further  been 
pointed  out  that  the  Ijase  of  the  skull  of  IMelodon  is  very  greatly  different  from  that 
of  the  American  forms ;  and  also  that  the  trigon  of  the  lower  molars  is  entirely 
absent,  while  in  Archxotherium  it  is  quite  plain  in  young,  but  fully  adult  specimens. 
Pelonax  ravbosuvi  of  the  upper  Oligocene  has  tremendously  heavy  chin-processes,  a 
very  prominent  angle,  and  single-rooted  first  and  second  lower  premolars.  T)a;o(Jon 
of  the  John  Day  formation  has  no  chin-processes  at  all  and  has  a  light  angle  of  the 
lower  jaw ;  while  in  tlie  Miocene  of  Nebraska  we  have  in  Dinohi/us  a  form  with 
very  small  chin-processes,  and  a  gentle  sweep  of  the  downward  projection  of  the 
angle  approaching  what  is  seen  in  Dnodoit.  The  median  upper  incisors  of  D'mo- 
hyus  are  distinctly  reduced  and  are  in  fact  sometimes  wanting,  having  been  perhaps 
shed  quite  early  and  the  alveoli  clo.sed  uj). 

In  confining  our,selves  to  these  characters  of  the  mandible  alone  and  leaving 
out  Entelodon  whose  generic  position  can  hardly  Ije  dcnibted,  it  would  seem  that 
there  is  a  variation  of  importance,  when  we  consider  the  fact  that  all  the  specimens 

"'  The  relationship  to  tliese  recent  forms  is  a  very  remote  one. 


148  MEMOIRS    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

found  with  these  parts  present  in  the  Oh'gocene  formation  have  the  chin  pi'ocesses 
present.  This  cliaracter  tlien  cannot  be  regarded  as  only  of  sexual  importance  so 
far  as  the  Oligocene  forms,  which  are  most  abundantly  found,  are  concerned.  It 
then  remains  to  be  seen  whether  certain  forms  like  ArcJucotherium  cktvum  with  the 
relatively  small  and  posteriorly  placed  chin-processes  led  up  to  such  forms  as  ])seo- 
don  or  if  we  will  yet  find  in  the  lower  Oligocene  a  form  minus  these  protuberances. 
The  discovery  of  such  a  form  would  indicate  that  the  various  lines  even  to  quite 
small  details  of  differences  were  already  well  established  in  older  Tertiary  time. 
While  the  variation  in  the  canine  teeth,  the  dependent  processes  of  the  lower  jaw, 
and  the  jugal  of  the  skull  in  the  different  .species  of  the  lower  Oligocene,  may  seem 
comparatively  small,  they  are  nevertheless  of  some  importance  when  it  is  shown  that 
certain ■  other  parts,  as  for  instance  the  vertebral  column,  are  quite  varied.  In 
Archicothcrium  ingcns  from  the  lower  Oligocene,  the  neural  arches  of  the  dorsal 
vertebroe  are  imperfectly  pierced  by  canals,  while  in  Archwotherlum  crassuin  from 
the  same  horizon,  the  horizontal  canals  are  apparently  present  as  in  Bos  taunts.  In 
Dinah ijus  from  the  Miocene  we  know  that  the  neural  arches  of  the  dorsals  are  not 
only  perforated  by  horizontal  canals,  but  by  vertical  canals  as  well ;  a  character 
which  is  identical  with  what  is  found  in  Sus. 

While  the  geographical  distribution  of  this  family  in  Asia  is  at  present  only  a 
matter  of  speculation,  it  is  clear  that  Europe  and  especially  North  America  were 
occupied  by  it.  Thus  we  have  seen  that  while  their  remains  are  comparatively 
abundant  on  the  flanks  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  evidence  of  their  existence  is  not 
altogether  wanting  in  California  and  New  Jerse}'  ("  E.  siqyerhiiyi,"  Ammodon  leidij- 
anum).  From  the  lower  Oligocene  upward,  and  before  the  close  of  the  Miocene, 
then,  they  occupied  certain  areas  of  the  North  American  continent  from  the  Pacific 
to  the  Atlantic  coasts.  Judging  from  their  anatomy,  their  undoubtedly  omnivorous 
dental  structure,  their  elongated  limbs,  and  their  distribution,  it  is  higlily  probable 
that  these  animals  were  capable  of  comljating  adverse  conditions  when  occasion 
required  change.  While  we  know  that  the  representatives  of  this  family  continued 
in  America  to  a  later  geological  age  than  was  recently  believed  and  that  there  were 
distinct  genera  and  species  during  the  known  existence  of  the  group  from  the  lowei* 
Oligocene  to  the  middle  Miocene,  there  is  yet  much  to  be  ascertained  and  we  are  far 
from  having  solved  the  whole  history  of  this  interesting  branch  of  the  suborder 
Artiodadi/Ia.  When  a  more  extensive  survey  of  Asia,  especially  its  northern  part, 
is  made,  and  its  Tertiary  fauna  becomes  better  known,  we  probably  will  be  supplied 
with  much  valuable  information  on  obscure  points  in  connection  with  the  study 
of  the  vertebrate  paleontology  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  the  continents  of  the 
northern  hemisphere. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID/E 


149 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  Aymard,  a.  Ann.  Soc.  d'Agric,  Sci.,  et  Commerce  du  Puy,  tome  XII,  for  1842- 

1846,  pp.  227-242,  1  plate.  Reprint,  pp.  1-43,  1  plate,  1848 
(^Enielodon). 

2.  Ami   H.  M.  «  On  Some  Extinct  Vertebrata  from  the  Miocene  Rocks  of  the  North- 

west Territories  of  Canada,  recently  described  by  Professor  Cope." 
Science,  Vol.  XVIII,  p.  53,  1891. 

3.  Bush,  Lucy  P.  Professor  Marsh's  Monograph  of  the  Dwocerata.     Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3), 

Vol.  XXIX,  p.  193,  fig.  27,   1885  {Elotherium  [clavum']  crasmm). 

4 Notes  on  the  Dates  of  Publication  of  Certain  Genera  of  Fossil  Verte- 

brates. Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (IV),  Vol.  XVI,  pp.  97-98,  1903 
(Entelodon). 

5.     Cope,  E.  D.  Geology  of  New  Jersey,  Appendix  C,  p.  740,  1868  {Elotherium). 

Q      Report  on  the  Vertebrate  Paleontology  of  Colorado.     U.  S.  Geol.  & 

Geog.  Surv.  Terr,  for  1873,  Vol.  I,  Chapter  IV,  pp.  504-505, 
1874  {Pelonax  ramosus). 

7.     Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geog.  Survey  Terr.,  1,  Bull.  No.  1,  p.  27,  1874 

{Elotherium  ramosum). 

8.     Ann.  Kept.  U.  S.  Geol.  &  Geog.  Surv.  Terr,  for  1873,  p.  463,  1874. 

9.     Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc,  Vol.  XVIII,  p.  77,  1879.     Also  in  Pal. 

Bull.  no.  30,  p.  15,  Dec.  3,  1878  {Daodon  shoshonenKtu). 

9a.     American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XII,  p.  833,  1878. 

10.     Observations  on  the  Faunae  of  the  Miocene  Tertiaries  of   Oregon. 

Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  &  Geog.  Surv.  Terr.,  Vol.  V,  pp.  59-66,  1879 

{Boochcvrus  hvmeros^is). 
11      Extinct  Mammalia  of  Oregon.     American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XIII,  p. 

132,  1879. 
12.     On  Some  Characters  of  the  Miocene  Fauna  of  Oregon.     Proc.  Am.. 

Philos.  Soc,  Vol.  XVIII,  p.  77,  1879  {D(codon). 

13      The  Systematic  Arrangement  of  the  Order  PerLssodactyla.     Proc.  Am. 

Philos.  Soc,  Vol.  XIX,  p.  397,  1881  {Dicodon). 

14      On  a  New    Deposit   of    White    River  Age  in  Dakota.     Proc.  Am. 

Philos.  Soc,  Vol.  XXI,  p.  217,  1883.  A  letter  from  Professor 
Cope  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Am.  Philos.  Society  {Elotherium  ramo- 
sum). 

15      On   the  Structure  of  the  Feet  in  the  Extinct  Artiodactyla  of  North 

America.     Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  22,  1884. 

16.     The  Vertebrata  of  the  Tertiary  Formations  of  the  West.     Book  I,  U. 

S.  Geol.  Surv.  of  the  Terr.,  p.  713,  1884  {Dcvodon). 


150 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


17. 

17a. 

18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


22. 


23. 


Cope,  E.  D.  Ibid.     Proc.  Am.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  33d  Meeting,  Phila.,  p.  483,  1885. 

Notice  of  Fossil   Remains  from  the  Tertiary  of  Canada.     American 

Naturalist,  Vol.  XIX,  p.  163,  1885  {Entelodon  mortoni). 

The  Vertebrata  of  the  Swift  Current  Creek  Region  of  the  Cypress 

Hills.  Ann.  Rept.  of  the  Geol.  &  Nat.  Hist.  Survey  of  Canada, 
Appendix  I,  p.  84c,  ]  885  {Elotherhmi  mortoni). 

The  Perissodactyla.     American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XXI,  p.  1063,  1887 

(DfcocZow). 

— •  The  Artiodactyla.     American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XXII,  pp.  1088-1090, 

1888. 

The  Mechanical  Causes  of  the  Development  of  the  hard  parts  of  the 

Mammalia.  Jour.  Morphology,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  137-290,  1889  (Elo- 
therium  Boocharus).  P.  168,  Illustrations  of  the  distal  ends  of 
radius,  humerus,  and  front  and  radial  views  of  mauus  of  Boocliwrus 

humerosus. 

Vertebrata  of  Swift  Current  River,  No.  III.     American  Naturalist, 

Vol.  XXIII,  p.  629,  1889  {Elotherium  coardatum). 

On  Vertebrata  from  the  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous  Rocks  of  the  North- 
west Territory.  I.  The  Species  from  the  Oligocene  or  Lower  Mio- 
cene Beds  of  the  Cypress  Bills.  Geol.  Survey  of  Canada.  Contri- 
butions to  Canadian  Palteontology,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  20,  PI.  XIV,  fig. 
3,  1891  {^Elother'mm  arclatum). 

Dawkins,  W.  B.  Fossil  Mammals  in  North  America.  Nature,  Vol.  II,  pp.  119-120; 
232-233,  1870. 

Dana,  J.  D.  Review  of  J.  D.  Whitney's  "  Auriferous  Gravels  of  the  Sierra  Nevada 

and  California."  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol.  XVIII,  p.  233,  1879. 
DfipfiRET,  Charles.  The  Evolution  of  Tertiary  Mammals,  and  the  Importance  of  their 
Migration.  Comptes  Rendus  des  Stances  de  Acad6mie  des  Sciences  ; 
t.  CXLI,  p.  702  ;  t.  CXLII,  p.  618  ;  t.  CXLIII,  p.  1 120.  Trans- 
lated by  Johanna  Kroeber.  In  the  American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XLII, 
Nos.  494,  pp.  109-114  ;  495,  pp.  166-171,  and  497,  pp.  303-307, 
February,  March,  and  May,  1908  {Entelodontlda). 

26.  FiLHOL,  H.  Ftudes  des  Mammifc-res  Fossiles  de  Ronzon  (Haute-Loire).     Annales 

Sci.  Geol.,  tome  XII,  art.  3,  pp.  190-240,  1882  (Elotherium). 

27.  Flower.  H.  Hunterian  Lectures.     Artiodactyla.     Nature,  Vol.  VII,  pp.  428-430, 

1873. 

28.  Flower,  W.  H.,  &  Lydekker,  R.     An  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Mammals  Living  and 

Extinct,  p.  292,1891. 

29.  Gaudry,  a.  Note  on  the  Solid-hoofed  Pigs  in    the   Society's    Collection.     Proc. 

Zoiil.  Soc.  London,  p.  33,  1877  (Entelodon). 


24. 


25. 


25a. 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.15 


151 


30.  Gaudry,  a. 

31.  Gervais,  p. 
31a.  

32.  Greene,  F.  V. 

33.  Grinnell,  G.  B., 

34.  Hayhen,  F.  V. 

35.  HOERNES,  p. 

36.  Hay,  O.  P. 

37.  KOWALEVSKY,  ^V 

38. 


43. 


44. 


39.  King,  C. 

40.  Leidy,  J. 

41.  

42.  


Les  encliainements  du  Monde  Animal  dans  les  Temps  Geologiques, 

Mammif^res  Tertiaires,  Paris,  8°,  p.  92,  1878  {Entchdon). 
Zoologie  et  Paleontologie  Franjaises.       Pi.  XXXII,  fig.  12,  p.  194. 

1859.     Deiixieme  edition,  4°,  Paris,  1859  (Entelodon). 
Zoologie  et  Paleontologie  Gen^rales,  II,  1876,  pp.  74-75,  PI.  X,  figs. 

2,  2a. 
Chemical  Investigation  of  Remains  of  Fossil  Mammalia.     Am.  Jour. 

Sci.  (2),  Vol.  XYI,  pp.  16-20,  1853. 
&  Dana,  E.  S.     On  a  New  Tertiary  Lake  Basin.     Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3), 

Vol.  XI,  pp.  226-228,  1876. 
Explorations    under    the    War  Department.     Proc.  Acad.   Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.,  Vol.  X,  p.  157,  1858. 
Zur    Kenntniss    der    Milchbezahnung  der  Gattung  Entelodon  Aym. 

Sitzungsber.  Akad.  Wissensch.  Wein,  CI,  pp.  17-24,  1  plate,  1892. 
Bibliography    and    Catalogue    of    the    Fossil    Vertebrata   of    North 

America.     Bull.  No.  179,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  1902.     Pp.  654-656, 

Elothcrlum,     Entelodon,    Archceotherium,     "  Arctodon,"     Pe1ona:c, 

Boochrcms ;  p.  656,  Ammodon  ■  p.  633,  Da'odon,  Daledon. 
Monographic    der  Gattung  Anthracotherium  Cuv.  und  Versuch  einer 

Natiirlichen   Classification  der  Fossilen  Hufthiere.     Palfeontogra- 

phica,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  258,  1873  (Entelodon). 
Osteologie  des  Genus  Entelodon  Aym.     Pakeontographica,  Vol.  XXII, 

pp.  41 5-450,  with  Plates  XVI,  XVII,  XXV-XXVII,  1876. 
Systematic  Geology.     U.  S.  Geol.  Exploration,  40th  parallel.  Vol.  I, 

p.  411,  1878. 
Observations  on  Two  New  Genera  of  Fossil  Mammalia,  Eucrotophus 

Jacksoni,    and    Archaiotherium   mortoni.      Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.,  Vol.  V,  p.  90;  92-93,  1850. 
Description  of  the  Genus  Arctodon.       Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

Vol.  V,  p.  278,  1851. 
Report  upon   some   Fossil   Mammalia   and  Chelonia  from  Nebraska. 

Sixth  Ann.  Rcpt.   Regents  Smithsonian    Institution    for    1851,  j). 

64,  1852. 
David  D.  Owen's  Rept.  of  a  Geological  Survey  of  Wisconsin,  Iowa, 

and  Minnesota,  and  incidentally  a  portion  of  Nei)raska  Territory. 

"  Description  of  the  Remains  of  Extinct  Mammalia,"  etc.,  by  Leidy. 

1852.     Pp.  558-563,  PI.  X,  figs.  1-3;  PI.  XI,  fig.  1  {Archa-o- 

therium  mortoni)  ;  p.  572  [Arclueotherium  robustum). 
Ancient  Fauna  of  Nebraska.     Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowl- 
edge, Vol.  VI,  pp.   57-66,   Pis.  VIII,  IX,  X,  figs.  1-7,  1853. 

[Archceotherium  mortoni). 


152 

45.  Leidy,  J. 

46.  

47.  

48.  

49.  

50.  


51. 
52. 

53. 


53a.     Lydekker,  R. 
53b.     

54.  — 

55.     

56.  Lambe,  L.  M. 

57.  Marsh,  O.  C. 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

Ueiuarks  ou  a  Collection  of  Fossil  Mannaalia  from  Nebraska.     Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Vol.  VI,  p.  392,  1853  {Entelodon). 
Synopsis  of  Extinct  Mammalia,  the  Remains  of  which  have  been  Dis- 
covered in  the  Eocene  Formations  of  Nebraska.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.,  Vol.  VII,  p.  157,  1854  {Entelodon). 
Notice  of  Some  Remains  of  P^xtinct  Vertebrated  Animals.     Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.-,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  164,  1856  {Entelodon). 
Rectification  of  the  References  of  Certain  of  the  Extinct  Mammalian 

Genera   of  Nebraska.       Proc.    Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Vol.  IX, 

p.  175,  1857  {Elothenim). 
Indications   of    an  Elotherium  in   California.      Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.,  Vol.  V,  p.  177,  1868  {Elotherium  superbum). 
The  Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska.     Jour.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  1869,  Vol.  VII,  pp.   175-192;  388,  PI.  XVI 

{Elotherium  mortoni)  ;  pp.   192-194;  388,  PI.  XXVII,  figs.  8-11 

{Elotherium    ingens)  ;     p.    388   {Elotherium    Leidyanum) ;    p.     388 

{Elotlteriiim  superbum). 
Remarks    on    a    Collection    of    Fossils    from    Dallas    City,    Oregon. 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  112,  1870  {Elotherium  superbum). 
Report  on  the  Vertebrate  Fossils  of  the  Tertiary  Formations  of  the 

West.     U.  S.  Geol.  Siirv.  of  Wyoming  and  Portions  of  Contiguous 

Territories.     2d  (4th)  Annual  Rept.,  p.  353,  1871. 
The  Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Western  Territories.      Report  of 

the  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  of  Terr.     F.  V.  Hayden,  Washington,  1873. 

Pp.  124-125;  320,  PI.  A^II,  figs.  28,  29  {Elotherium  mortoni);  pp. 

217  ;  320,  PI.  II,  figs.  3,  4  ;  PI.  VII,  fig.  27  {Elotherium  imperator) ; 

p.  320  {Elotherium  ingen>i). 
Molar  Teeth  and  other  Remains  of  Mammalia.     Palseontologica  Indica, 

Ser.  I,  p.  78,  1876  {Tetrdconodontidcv). 
Siwalik  Selenodont  Suinse.      Palseontologica  Indica,  Ser.  X,  Vol.  II, 

p.  146,  1883  {Entelodontidce). 
Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Mammalia  in  the  British  Museum,  Part  II,  p. 

249,  1885  {Entelodon,  Elotherium,  Oltinotherium,  Archceotherium.) 
A  Geographical  History  of  Mammals,  pp.  161, 162,  fig.  35  {Elotherium 

crassum). 
The  Progress  of  Vertebrate  Palaeontology  in  Canada.     Trans.  Royal 

Soc.  of  Canada,  Vol.  X,  pj).  29,  51,  1904  {Elotherium  coardatum). 
Notice  of  Elotherium  leidyanum  and  Rhinoceros  matutinus.     Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  3,  1870.     (No  description.) 


PETERSON  :     A    REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTID.E 


153 


58a 


59. 


60. 


61. 


62. 


63. 


Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol.  V,  p. 
Am.  .Jour.  Sci.  (.3),  Vol. 


58.     Marsh,  O.  C.  Description    of  Lophiodon  validu.s. 

p.  10,  1871  (Elolhermm). 
Notice  of  New  Tertiary  Mammals.      An 

487,  1873  (^Elotherium  crassum). 
Notice  of  New  Tertiary  Mammals.     III. 

VII,  p.  534,  1874  [Elolhermm  bathrodon) 
Introduction  and  Succession  of  Vertebrate  Life  in  North  America.    Ad- 
dress before  Am.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  1877.     Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol. 
XIV,  p.  363,  1877.    (Also  in  Popular  Science  Monthly,  March  and 
April,  1878.) 
Dinocerata.     Monographs  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Vol.  X,  1884,   fig.    7-5 

(Elotherium  [clavum'j  crassum). 
The  Gigantic  Mammals  of  the  Order  Dinocerata.     5th  Annual  Kept. 
U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Washington,  D.  C,  p.  1085  {Elotherium  [davum'] 
crassum). 
Description  of  Miocene  Mammalia.     Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol.  XLVI. 
1893,  p.  408,  PI.  VII  {Elotherium  crassum);  p.  409,  PI.  IX,  fig. 
1  {Elotherium  davum)  ;  pp.  409-410,  PI.  IX,  figs.  2-3  {Ammodon 
leidyanum) ;  p.   410,  PI.   IX,  fig.  4  {Ammodo7i  bathrodon);  p.  410 
{Ammodon  potens). 
Restoration  of  Elotherium.     Am.  Jour.  Sci.  (3),  Vol.  XLVIII,  pp. 
407-408,  PI.  IX,  1894  {Elotherium  crassum) ;  also  in  Geological 
Magazine  (4),  Vol.  I,  pp.  294-295,  PI.  X,  1894. 
Vertebrate  Fossils  of  the  Denver  Basin.     Monographs  U.  S.  Geol. 

Surv.,  Vol.  XXVII,  p.  527,  PI.  XXX  {Entelodon  crassus). 
A  Provisional  Classification  of  the  Freshwater  Tertiary  of  the  West. 
Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  Vol.  XII,  1899,  p.  50  {Protelotherium 
uintense) ;  p.  59  {Elotherium,  Pelonax,  Ammodon) ;  p.  63  {Dcvodon); 
p.  64  {Boochosrus). 
Fauual  Lists  of  the  Tertiary  Mammalia  of  the  West.     U.  S.  Geol. 
Surv.,  Bulletin  361,  Appendix,  pp.  91-120,  1909  (pp.  104,   106, 
108,  Elotheriidce ;  p,  113,  Dinohus  hollandi). 
The  John  Day  Fossil  Beds.     Harper's  Monthly  Magazine,  Vol.  CTI, 

p.  587,   1901,  Illustration  of  Skull,  p.  586  {Elotherium  calkinsi). 
Tertiary  Faunas  of  the  John  Day  Region.     University  of  California 
Publications.     Bull.   Dept.  Geol.,  Vol.  V,  pp.  171-205,  1907  (p. 
186,  Elotheriidw). 
Bull.  No.  53,  Part  II,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1907,  p.  24  {Arduco- 
therium,  Arctodon) ;  p.  35  {Elotherium). 
Nicholson  &  Lydkkker.     Manual  of  Paheoutology.     Vol.  II,  p.  1323,  1889. 


64. 


65. 


66.     Matthew,  W.  D. 


66a. 


67.     Merriam,  J.  C. 


67a. 


68.     Merrill,  G.  P. 


69. 


154 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE   CARNEGIE   MUSEUM 


70.     OsBORN,  H.  F. 


71. 


72. 


72a. 


72b. 


72c. 


72d. 


72e. 


72f. 


75. 


76. 


73.       POMEL,  A. 


74. 


77.     Palmer,  T.  S. 


78.     Peterson,  O.  A. 


Achsenodon,  an  Eoceue  Bunodout.     Contribution  E.  M.  Mus.  Geol. 

and  Arch.  ;  Princeton  College,  Bull.  No.  3,  p.  23,  1883  {Entelodon). 
The  Rise  of  the  Mammalia  in  North  America.     Address  Am.  Assoc. 

Adv.    Sci.,    Madison,    Wis.,   1893.     Studies    from    the  Biological 

Laboratories  of  Columbia  College,  Zoology,  Vol.  I,  p.  41. 
Fossil  Mammals  of  the  Uinta  Basin.     Bull.  Am.  il/ws.  Nat.  Hist., 

Vol.  VII,  pp.  102-105,  figs.  16,  17,  1895  (Frotelotherium,  p.  105). 
Prehistoric  Quadrupeds  of  the  Rockies.    The  Century  Magazine,  Vol. 

LII,  1896,  p.  715;  illustration,  p.  713  {Elotherinm). 
Casts,  Models,  Photographs,  and  Restorations  of  Fossil  Vertebrates. 

Pamphlet  issued  by  the  Dept.  of  Vert.  Pal.,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

p.  16,  1898. 
Correlation   between    Tertiary    Mammal    Horizons    of    Europe    and 

America.     Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  XIII,  No.  1,  pp.  1-72, 

1900  {Entelodon  [Elothevium],  p.  22). 
Ten   Years    Progress    in    the    Mammalian    Palseontology    of  North 

America.     Extrait  des  Comptes  Rendus  du  6  Congrfis  Intern,  de 

Zoologie.     Session  de  Berne,   1904.     P.  93,  Diagrammatic  table. 

.{Elothei-iidcv.) 
Tertiary  Mammal  Horizons  of  North  America.    Bull.  Am.  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Vol.  XXIII,  pp.  237-253,  1907. 
Cenozoic  Mammal  Horizons  of  Western  North  America.     U.  S.  Geol. 

Sur.  Bull.,  361,  pp.  1-90,  1909. 
Sur  un  Nouveau  Genre  de  Pachydermes  Fossiles  {Elotherium)  Voisin 

des  Hippopotames.     Arch.  Sci.  Phys.  et  Nat.,  Geneve,  Vol.  V,  pp. 

306-308,  1847  (Elotherium). 
Note  sur  un  Nouveau  Genre  de  Pachydermes  du  Basin  de  la  Gironde 

{Elotherhun  magnum).     Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Geologique  de  France, 

Vol.  IV,  pp.  1083-1085,  1847. 
Note  sur  le  Genre  Hyopotamus  Owen  et  sur  les  Anthiterium  en  Gen- 
eral.    Arch.  Sci.  Phys.  et  Nat.  Gen6ve,  Vol.  VII,  p.  325,  1848. 
Catalogue  Methodique  et  Descriptif  des  Vert6br6s  Fossiles  D^couverts 

dans  le  Basin  Hydrographique  Superieur  de  la  Loire,  et  surtout  dans 

la  Vallee  de  son  Affluent  Principal,  I'Allier,  p.  88,  1853. 
Index  Generum    Mammalium,  U.    S.  Dept.  Agri.  Biological  Survey, 

North   American   Fauna  No.  23,  1904.     P.  115  (Archaotherium); 

p.  117  {Arctodo7i) ;  p.  139  {Boochccrus) ;  p.  214  (Dceodon) ;  p.  257 

(Elotherium);  p.   260  (Entelodon);  p.  473  (Oltinotherium) ;  p.  520 

(Pelonax). 
Preliminary  Note  on  a  Gigantic  Mammal  from  the  Loup  Fork  Beds 

of  Nebraska.     Science,  N.  S.,  Vol.    XXII,    pp.  211-212,  1905 

(Dinochcerus). 


PETERSON  :     A   REVISION    OF   THE    ENTELODONTIDiT; 


J  55 


79.  Peterson,  O.  A 

80.  

81.  

82.  Rogers,  O. 

83.  schlosser,  m. 

84.  

85.  Scott,  W.  B. 

86.  

87.  


88.  Scott,  W.  B.,  & 

89.  Sinclair,  W.  J. 

90.  Stehlin,  H.  G. 


91.  Steinmann,  G., 

92.  Trouessart,  E. 

92a.     Winge,  H. 


A  Correction  of  the  Generic  Name  Dinochrerus.     L.  c,  Vol.  XXII, 

p.  710,  1905  (Dinohyns). 
Tiie  Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarry.     Annals  Carnegie  Museum,  Vol. 

Ill,  p.  491,  1906. 
The  Miocene  Beds  of  western  Nebraska  and  Eastern  Wyoming  and 

their  Vertebrate  Faunte.     Ann.  Car.  Mus.,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  49-51, 

Pis.  XVI-XVII,  1 907  (Dinohyus). 
Verzeichniss  der  bisher  Bekannten  Fossilen  Siiugethiere.     Bericht  Na- 

turwiss.  Vereins.  f.  Svvaben  und  Neuburg  (a.  V.),  XXXII,  1896. 

P.  204  (Elotheriuin) ;  [Boochwrus) ;  p.  194  Tkvodon  syn.  of  Titan- 

otherium. 
Beitriige  zur  Kenntniss  der  Stammesgeschichte  der  Hufthiere.     Morph. 

Jahrb.,  Bd.  XII,  p.  80,  1887  (Entdodon). 
Beitriige  zur  Kenntniss  der  Siiugethierreste  aus  den  Siiddeutschen  Bohn- 

erzen.     Geol.  und  Paleont.  Abhandlungen,  N.  F.,  Band  V,  p.  55, 

1902  {Entdodon). 
[Communication  to  Princeton  Science  Club  Relative  to  the  Hind  Foot 

of  the  American  Entdodon.']     Science,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  266,  1884. 
On  the  Osteology  of  Elothermm.     Comte  Rendu  des  seances  du  trois- 

i6me  Congrfes   International  de  Zoologie,  Leyden,  1896,  pp.  317- 

319. 
The  Osteology  of  Elothermm.     Trans.  Am.  Philos.  Soc,  Vol.  XIX, 

pp.  273-324,  1898.     PI.  XVII  (restoration  of  Elotherium  inycns) ; 

PI.  XVIII,  figs.  3-12,  E.  Ingens;  figs.  1-2  {Elothermm  mortoni). 
OsBORN,  H.  F.     Preliminary  Account  of  the  Fossil  Mammals  from   the 

White  River  Formation  Contained  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative 

Zoology.     Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Vol.  XIII,  p.  156,  1887  {En- 

telodon). 
New  and  Imperfectly  Known  Rodents  and  Ungulates  from  the  John 

Day  Series.     Bull.  Dept.  Geology,  Univ.  California,  Vol.  IV,  pp. 

132-134,  PI.  XV,  1905  {Elotherium  calkinsi). 
Uber   die  Geschichte  des  Suiden-Gebisses.  Erster  Theil.     Abhandl. 

Schweizer.  Palaontolog.  Gesellsch.,  Vol.  XXVI,  pp.  121, 122,  123, 

1899  (Elotherium). 
&  Dr)DERLEiN,  L.    Elemente  der  Paliiontologie.    P.  793, 1890  {Entdodon). 
L.     Catalogus    Mammalium,   1898,  pp.    808-809    {Elotherium);    p.  810 

{Bodch(crm) ;  p.  740  {Lwodon  syn.  of  Titanotherium). 
Jordfundne  og  nulevande  Hovdyr  (Ungulata)  fra  Lagoa  Santa,  Minas 

Geraes,  Brazilien.     Med  Udsigt  over  Hovdyrenes  indbyrdes  Slaegt- 


156 


MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE   MUSEUM 


94. 


95. 


skab.     Aftryk  af  E  Museo  Lundii,  Kjobenhavu,  Danmark.     Pp.  70, 
134,  142-143,  1906  (p.  70,  Entelodontini). 
93.     Weber,  M.  Die  Siiugetiere.     Eiufiibriing  in  Die  Anatomie  und  Systematik  der 

Kecenteu  und  Fossilen  Mammalia.     1904,  p.  653  (Elotheriidse) ; 
figs.  469,  470  (Elotherium  ingens). 
Whitney,  G.  D.         The  Animal  Remains,  not  Human,  of  the  Auriferous  Gravel  Series. 

Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Vol.  VI,  p.  244,  1879. 
WiLCKENS,  M.  Ubersicht  iiber  die  Forschungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Palaontologie 

der  Haustiere.     V.    Die  Schweinartigea   Tiere  (Suiden).     Biolog. 
Centralbl.,  Vol.  V,  pp.  210,  216,  217,  1885. 
Outlines  of  Vertebrate  Palffioutology  for  Students  of  Zoology.     Uni- 
versity Press,    1898,   p.   343  {Elotherium) ;  p.   344   (illustration  of 
Elotherium  crassuin). 
On  the  Divisions  of  the  White  River,  or  Lower  Miocene,  of  Dakota. 

Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  V,  p.  97,  1893. 
The  Extinct  Caraelidse  of  North  America,  and  some  Associated  Forms. 
Bull.    Am.   Mus.    Nat.    Hist.,   Vol.    X,    1898,   p.    120;    footnote 
(^Elotherium). 
99.     Zittel,  K.  a.  Handbuch  der  Palaeontologie,  1893,  IV  Band,  p.  304  (Daledon  syn.of 

TUanotherium) ;  p.  335  (Elolherium)  ;  p.  337  {Bobchcerus). 


96.     Woodward,  A.  S. 


97.      WORTMAN,  J.  L. 


98. 


158  MEMOIRS   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 


EXPLANATION  OF   PLATE   LIV. 

Agate  Spring  Fossil  Quarries.  Plan  of  Quarry  No.  1.  Bl.  =  "  Block  "  and  associated  with 
numbers  indicates  relative  size  of  blocks  taken  out  of  the  quarry.  Sections  2 A,  to  21,  indicate 
relative  position  of  each  block  and  specimen  as  they  were  taken  out. 


Plate  LIV. 


Sec.6 


Sec.  5 


Sec.  4 


Sec.3 


Sec.  2 


Seel 


Sec,  I  A 


MEMOIRS  Carnegie  Museum,  Vol.  IV, 

Sec2| 


Sec.  20 


S^'  9  S^a  Sec  7  Sec  6  Sac  5  Sec,4  Sec  3  SecE  Sec  I  Sec 


lA  Sec.SA 


AGATE    SPRING  FOSSIL  QUARRIES 


ai.o 


H-i 


OS  .093 


.VI  jov  ,MU33uM  aiaanHAD  ?.momU 


L-U^- 


^t  ! 


4-^^-4- 


4- 


i-pH- 


f'n  u 


I  OTiryiq^g  axAOi 


2H    YHHAUO  <lc= 


5 

Pi 


W^'ii 


C3  ^ 

o 


O   o 


r^    O 


5  o 


■S  Q 


[EMOiRS  Carnegie  Museum,  Vol.  IV. 


Plate  LIX. 


S.  Piritlire  ,hl. 

Deciduous  DKNTWui}}  ov  Dinohyus  hollaiidi  Pkteuson  wiru   Pekmanent  Den- 
tition Coming  into  View,     i  Nat.  Size.      Figs.  1-2.     No.  2137: 
Fio.  3,  No.  2137a,  Cakn.  Mus.  Cat.  Vertebkate  Fossils. 


1,^ 

1p^ 


X